Category: Business

  • MIL-OSI: Medallion Bank Reports 2025 First Quarter Results and Declares Series F Preferred Stock Dividend

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    SALT LAKE CITY, April 30, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Medallion Bank (Nasdaq: MBNKP, the “Bank”), an FDIC-insured bank providing consumer loans for the purchase of recreational vehicles, boats, and home improvements, along with loan origination services to fintech strategic partners, announced today its results for the quarter ended March 31, 2025. The Bank is a wholly owned subsidiary of Medallion Financial Corp. (Nasdaq: MFIN).

    2025 First Quarter Highlights

    • Net income of $15.6 million, compared to $14.5 million in the prior year quarter.
    • Net interest income of $52.2 million, compared to $48.2 million in the prior year quarter.
    • Net interest margin of 8.35%, compared to 8.59% in the prior year quarter.
    • Total provision for credit losses was $19.0 million, compared to $17.0 million in the prior year quarter.
    • Annualized net charge-offs were 3.41% of average loans outstanding, compared to 3.38% in the prior year quarter.
    • Annualized return on assets and return on equity were 2.51% and 16.49%, respectively, compared to 2.59% and 16.47%, respectively, for the prior year period.
    • The total loan portfolio grew 6% from March 31, 2024 to $2.2 billion as of March 31, 2025.
    • Total assets were $2.5 billion and the Tier 1 leverage ratio was 16.0% at March 31, 2025.

    Donald Poulton, President and Chief Executive Officer of Medallion Bank, stated, “Our performance was strong in the first quarter. Our earnings were $15.6 million, which was 8% higher than the prior year quarter and in line with the fourth quarter 2024. Economic uncertainty reduced demand in both recreation and home improvement lending, while strategic partnership volumes grew to $136 million from $124 million in the fourth quarter as those relationships continued to mature. Charge-offs and delinquencies were down from their year-end peaks, but given recent market volatility, and potential tariff and economic changes, we added qualitative factors to our reserve that increased credit loss provisions. Following the end of the quarter, we completed an initial sale of $53 million in recreation loans at a premium to par value. We were pleased with the execution of this sale and continue to monitor the market for potential loan sale opportunities. Overall, we view the quarter as a good mix of conservative origination volume and improving credit performance to start 2025.”

    Recreation Lending Segment

    • Excluding loans held for sale, the Bank’s recreation loan portfolio grew 5% to $1.432 billion as of March 31, 2025, compared to $1.365 billion at March 31, 2024. Loan originations were $86.8 million, compared to $105.8 million in the prior year quarter.
    • Recreation loans were 64% of loans receivable as of March 31, 2025, essentially unchanged from 64% at March 31, 2024.
    • Net interest income was $39.2 million, compared to $35.6 million in the prior year quarter.
    • Delinquencies 30 days or more past due were $68.2 million, or 4.76%, of recreation loans as of March 31, 2025, compared to $55.5 million, or 4.06%, at March 31, 2024.
    • Annualized net charge-offs were 4.67% of average recreation loans outstanding, compared to 4.36% in the prior year quarter.
    • The provision for recreation credit losses was $16.9 million and the allowance for credit losses was 5.00% of the outstanding balance, compared to $17.0 million and 4.40% of the outstanding balance in the prior year quarter.

    Home Improvement Lending Segment

    • The Bank’s home improvement loan portfolio grew 8% to $812.4 million as of March 31, 2025, compared to $752.3 million at March 31, 2024. Loan originations were $48.8 million, compared to $51.6 million in the prior year quarter.
    • Home improvement loans were 36% of loans receivable as of March 31, 2025, compared to 35% at March 31, 2024.
    • Net interest income was $13.3 million, compared to $12.4 million in the prior year quarter.
    • Delinquencies 30 days or more past due were $8.3 million, or 1.02%, of home improvement loans as of March 31, 2025, compared to $6.5 million, or 0.87%, at March 31, 2024.
    • Annualized net charge-offs were 1.55% of average home improvement loans outstanding, compared to 2.12% in the prior year quarter.
    • The provision for home improvement credit losses was $2.8 million and the allowance for credit losses was 2.49% of the outstanding balance, compared to $0.9 million and 2.38% of the outstanding balance in the prior year quarter.

    Series F Preferred Stock Dividend

    On April 24, 2025, the Bank’s Board of Directors declared a quarterly cash dividend of $0.67982 per share on the Bank’s Fixed-to-Floating Rate Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series F, which trades on the Nasdaq Capital Market under the ticker symbol “MBNKP.” The dividend is based on the dividend rate of 10.75761%, as determined by the Bank’s calculation agent, and is payable on July 1, 2025, to holders of record at the close of business on June 16, 2025.

    About Medallion Bank

    Medallion Bank specializes in providing consumer loans for the purchase of recreational vehicles, boats, and home improvements, along with loan origination services to fintech strategic partners. The Bank works directly with thousands of dealers, contractors and financial service providers serving their customers throughout the United States. Medallion Bank is a Utah-chartered, FDIC-insured industrial bank headquartered in Salt Lake City and is a wholly owned subsidiary of Medallion Financial Corp. (Nasdaq: MFIN).

    For more information, visit www.medallionbank.com

    Please note that this press release contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties relating to business performance, cash flow, costs, sales (including loan sales), net investment income, earnings, returns and growth. These statements are often, but not always, made through the use of words or phrases such as “remains,” “anticipated,” “continue,” “expect,” “may,” “maintain,” “potential” or the negative versions of these words or other comparable words or phrases of a future or forward-looking nature. These statements may relate to our future earnings, returns, capital levels, sources of funding, growth prospects, asset quality and pursuit and execution of our strategy. Medallion Bank’s actual results may differ significantly from the results discussed in such forward-looking statements. For a description of certain risks to which Medallion Bank is or may be subject, please refer to the factors discussed under the captions “Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” and “Risk Factors” included in Medallion Bank’s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2024, and in its Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, filed with the FDIC. Medallion Bank’s Form 10-K, Form 10-Qs and other FDIC filings are available in the Investor Relations section of Medallion Bank’s website. Medallion Bank’s financial results for any period are not necessarily indicative of Medallion Financial Corp.’s results for the same period.

    Company Contact:
    Investor Relations
    212-328-2176
    InvestorRelations@medallion.com

    MEDALLION BANK
    STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
    (UNAUDITED)
      Three Months Ended March 31,
    (In thousands)   2025     2024  
    Interest income      
    Loan interest including fees $ 70,617   $ 61,424  
    Investments   1,217     1,544  
    Total interest income   71,834     62,968  
    Interest expense   19,617     14,753  
    Net interest income   52,217     48,215  
    Provision for credit losses   19,038     17,002  
    Net interest income after provision for credit losses   33,179     31,213  
    Other non-interest income   1,681     602  
    Non-interest expense      
    Salaries and benefits   5,348     4,984  
    Loan servicing   3,154     2,867  
    Collection costs   1,492     1,404  
    Regulatory fees   821     977  
    Professional fees   610     432  
    Information technology   322     267  
    Occupancy and equipment   727     207  
    Other   910     752  
    Total non-interest expense   13,384     11,890  
    Income before income taxes   21,476     19,925  
    Provision for income taxes   5,837     5,445  
    Net income $ 15,639   $ 14,480  
    Less: Preferred stock dividends   1,512     1,512  
    Net income attributable to common shareholder $ 14,127   $ 12,968  
                 
    MEDALLION BANK
    BALANCE SHEETS
               
      (UNAUDITED)       (UNAUDITED)
               
    (In thousands) March 31, 2025   December 31, 2024   March 31, 2024
    Assets          
    Cash and federal funds sold $ 115,108     $ 126,196     $ 136,705  
    Investment securities, available-for-sale   60,424       54,805       53,038  
    Loans held for sale, at the lower of amortized cost or fair value   124,733       128,226        
               
    Loan receivables, inclusive of net deferred loan acquisition cost and fees   2,243,991       2,249,614       2,121,180  
    Allowance for credit losses   (91,807 )     (91,638 )     (78,648 )
    Loans, net   2,152,184       2,157,976       2,042,532  
    Loan collateral in process of foreclosure   3,174       3,326       3,263  
    Fixed assets and right-of-use lease assets, net   8,543       9,126       8,417  
    Deferred tax assets   13,860       14,036       12,500  
    Accrued interest receivable   14,339       15,083       13,405  
    Other assets   38,598       40,325       36,656  
    Total assets $ 2,530,963     $ 2,549,099     $ 2,306,516  
    Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity          
    Liabilities          
    Deposits and other funds borrowed $ 2,087,828     $ 2,125,071     $ 1,899,061  
    Accrued interest payable   4,557       5,586       4,191  
    Income tax payable   23,853       17,951       26,336  
    Other liabilities   22,702       17,204       17,837  
    Due to affiliates   881       910       481  
    Total liabilities   2,139,821       2,166,722       1,947,906  
    Shareholder’s Equity          
    Series E Preferred stock   26,303       26,303       26,303  
    Series F Preferred stock   42,485       42,485       42,485  
    Common stock   1,000       1,000       1,000  
    Additional paid in capital   77,500       77,500       77,500  
    Accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of tax   (3,842 )     (4,480 )     (4,680 )
    Retained earnings   247,696       239,569       216,002  
    Total shareholders’ equity   391,142       382,377       358,610  
    Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity $ 2,530,963     $ 2,549,099     $ 2,306,516  

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI: FormFactor, Inc. Reports 2025 First Quarter Results

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    LIVERMORE, Calif., April 30, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — FormFactor, Inc. (Nasdaq: FORM) today announced its financial results for the first quarter of fiscal 2025 ended March 29, 2025. Quarterly revenues were $171.4 million, a decrease of 9.6% compared to $189.5 million in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2024, and an increase of 1.6% from $168.7 million in the first quarter of fiscal 2024.

    • Foundry & Logic first-quarter demand increased low single digits sequentially
    • Experienced reduction in DRAM as export controls limited FormFactor’s ability to ship probe cards for advanced node designs to China
    • Closed acquisition of minority interest in FICT Limited, a key supplier of advanced probe card components

    “As expected, FormFactor reported sequentially lower first-quarter revenue and profitability due to anticipated reductions in demand for both DRAM probe cards and Systems,” said Mike Slessor, CEO of FormFactor, Inc. “Longer-term, we remain confident in the growth prospects for FormFactor and the semiconductor industry overall, driven by the fundamental trends of Advanced Packaging, High-Bandwidth-Memory, and Co-Packaged Optics.”

    The company also announced that its Board of Directors has authorized a $75 million stock repurchase plan. This new stock repurchase authorization will expire April 23, 2027, and may be suspended, modified or discontinued at any time. Under the new repurchase authorization, repurchases may be made both in the open market and through privately negotiated transactions.

    First Quarter Highlights

    On a GAAP basis, net income for the first quarter of fiscal 2025 was $6.4 million, or $0.08 per fully-diluted share, compared to net income for the fourth quarter of fiscal 2024 of $9.7 million, or $0.12 per fully-diluted share, and net income for the first quarter of fiscal 2024 of $21.8 million, or $0.28 per fully-diluted share. Gross margin for the first quarter of 2025 was 37.7%, compared with 38.8% in the fourth quarter of 2024, and 37.2% in the first quarter of 2024.

    On a non-GAAP basis, net income for the first quarter of fiscal 2025 was $18.0 million, or $0.23 per fully-diluted share, compared to net income for the fourth quarter of fiscal 2024 of $21.3 million, or $0.27 per fully-diluted share, and net income for the first quarter of fiscal 2024 of $14.3 million, or $0.18 per fully-diluted share. On a non-GAAP basis, gross margin for the first quarter of 2025 was 39.2%, compared with 40.2% in the fourth quarter of 2024, and 38.7% in the first quarter of 2024.

    A reconciliation of GAAP to non-GAAP measures is provided in the schedules included below.

    GAAP net cash provided by operating activities for the first quarter of fiscal 2025 was $23.5 million, compared to $35.9 million for the fourth quarter of fiscal 2024, and $33.0 million for the first quarter of fiscal 2024. Free cash flow for the first quarter of fiscal 2025 was $6.3 million, compared to free cash flow for the fourth quarter of fiscal 2024 of $28.8 million, and free cash flow for the first quarter of 2024 of $19.7 million. A reconciliation of net cash provided by operating activities to non-GAAP free cash flow is provided in the schedules included below.

    Outlook

    Dr. Slessor added, “Although our sequential growth outlook is tempered by the uncertainty created by the current tariff situation, we expect to deliver double-digit sequential revenue growth, with increases across all our major served markets and segments.”

    For the second quarter ending June 28, 2025, FormFactor is providing the following outlook*:

        GAAP   Reconciling Items**   Non-GAAP
    Revenue   $190 million +/- $5 million       $190 million +/- $5 million
    Gross Margin   38.5% +/- 1.5%   $3 million   40% +/- 1.5%
    Net income per diluted share   $0.18 +/- $0.04     $0.12   $0.30 +/- $0.04
     
    *This outlook assumes consistent foreign currency rates.
    **Reconciling items are stock-based compensation, amortization of intangible assets and fixed asset fair value adjustments due to acquisitions, and restructuring charges, net of applicable income tax impacts.
     

    We posted our revenue breakdown by geographic region, by market segment and with customers with greater than 10% of total revenue on the Investor Relations section of our website at www.formfactor.com. We will conduct a conference call at 1:25 p.m. PT, or 4:25 p.m. ET, today.

    The public is invited to listen to a live webcast of FormFactor’s conference call on the Investor Relations section of our website at www.formfactor.com. A telephone replay of the conference call will be available approximately two hours after the conclusion of the call. The replay will be available on the Investor Relations section of our website, www.formfactor.com.

    Use of Non-GAAP Financial Information:

    To supplement our condensed consolidated financial results prepared under generally accepted accounting principles, or GAAP, we disclose certain non-GAAP measures of non-GAAP net income, non-GAAP net income per basic and diluted share, non-GAAP gross profit, non-GAAP gross margin, non-GAAP operating expenses, non-GAAP operating income and free cash flow, that are adjusted from the nearest GAAP financial measure to exclude certain costs, expenses, gains and losses. Reconciliations of the adjustments to GAAP results for the three and three months ended March 29, 2025, and for outlook provided before, as well as for the comparable periods of fiscal 2024, are provided below, and on the Investor Relations section of our website at www.formfactor.com. Information regarding the ways in which management uses non-GAAP financial information to evaluate its business, management’s reasons for using this non-GAAP financial information, and limitations associated with the use of non-GAAP financial information, is included under “About our Non-GAAP Financial Measures” following the tables below.

    About FormFactor:

    FormFactor, Inc. (NASDAQ: FORM), is a leading provider of essential test and measurement technologies along the full semiconductor product life cycle – from characterization, modeling, reliability, and design de-bug, to qualification and production test. Semiconductor companies rely upon FormFactor’s products and services to accelerate profitability by optimizing device performance and advancing yield knowledge. The Company serves customers through its network of facilities in Asia, Europe, and North America. For more information, visit the Company’s website at www.formfactor.com.

    Forward-looking Statements:

    This press release contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of the “safe harbor” provisions of the federal securities laws, including with respect to the Company’s future financial and operating results, and the Company’s plans, strategies and objectives for future operations. These statements are based on management’s current expectations and beliefs as of the date of this release, and are subject to a number of risks and uncertainties, many of which are beyond the Company’s control, that could cause actual results to differ materially from those described in the forward-looking statements. These forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, statements regarding future financial and operating results, including under the heading “Outlook” above, market trends, conditions in and the growth of the semiconductor industry and the Company’s performance, and other statements regarding the Company’s business. Forward-looking statements may contain words such as “may,” “might,” “will,” “expect,” “plan,” “anticipate,” “forecast,” “continue,” and “prospect,” and the negative or plural of these words and similar expressions, and include the assumptions that underlie such statements. The following factors, among others, could cause actual results to differ materially from those described in the forward-looking statements: changes in and impacts from export control, tariffs and other trade barriers; changes in demand for the Company’s products; customer-specific demand; market opportunity; anticipated industry trends; the availability, benefits, and speed of customer acceptance or implementation of new products and technologies; manufacturing, processing, and design capacity, goals, expansion, volumes, and progress; difficulties or delays in research and development; industry seasonality; risks to the Company’s realization of benefits from acquisitions; reliance on customers or third parties (including suppliers); changes in macro-economic environments; events affecting global and regional economic and market conditions and stability such as tariffs, military conflicts, political volatility, infectious diseases and pandemics, and similar factors, operating separately or in combination; and other factors, including those set forth in the Company’s most current annual report on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q and other filings by the Company with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission. In addition, there are varying barriers to international trade, including restrictive trade and export regulations such as the US-China restrictions, dynamic tariffs, trade disputes between the U.S. and other countries, and national security developments or tensions, that may substantially restrict or condition our sales to or in certain countries, increase the cost of doing business internationally, and disrupt our supply chain. No assurances can be given that any of the events anticipated by the forward-looking statements within this press release will transpire or occur, or if any of them do so, what impact they will have on the results of operations or financial condition of the Company. Unless required by law, the Company is under no obligation (and expressly disclaims any such obligation) to update or revise its forward-looking statements whether as a result of new information, future events, or otherwise.

    Investor Contact:
    Stan Finkelstein
    Investor Relations
    (925) 290-4273
    ir@formfactor.com

    FORMFACTOR, INC. 
    CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
    (In thousands, except per share amounts)
    (Unaudited)
       
      Three Months Ended
      March 29,
    2025
      December 28,
    2024
      March 30,
    2024
    Revenues $ 171,356   $ 189,483   $ 168,725  
    Cost of revenues   106,833     115,903     105,987  
    Gross profit   64,523     73,580     62,738  
    Operating expenses:          
    Research and development   27,800     30,504     28,627  
    Selling, general and administrative   33,454     35,226     33,079  
    Total operating expenses   61,254     65,730     61,706  
    Gain on sale of business           20,271  
    Operating income   3,269     7,850     21,303  
    Interest income, net   3,317     3,472     3,156  
    Other income, net   890     617     520  
    Income before income taxes   7,476     11,939     24,979  
    Provision for income taxes   1,075     2,234     3,198  
    Net income $ 6,401   $ 9,705   $ 21,781  
    Net income per share:          
    Basic $ 0.08   $ 0.13   $ 0.28  
    Diluted $ 0.08   $ 0.12   $ 0.28  
    Weighted-average number of shares used in per share calculations:        
    Basic   77,345     77,267     77,452  
    Diluted   77,884     77,982     78,490  
     
    FORMFACTOR, INC. 
    NON-GAAP FINANCIAL MEASURE RECONCILIATIONS
    (In thousands, except per share amounts)
    (Unaudited)
       
      Three Months Ended
      March 29,
    2025
      December 28,
    2024
      March 30,
    2024
    GAAP Gross Profit $ 64,523     $ 73,580     $ 62,738  
    Adjustments:          
    Amortization of intangibles and fixed asset fair value adjustments due to acquisitions   542       555       586  
    Stock-based compensation   2,005       1,944       1,928  
    Restructuring charges   60       32       44  
    Non-GAAP Gross Profit $ 67,130     $ 76,111     $ 65,296  
               
    GAAP Gross Margin   37.7 %     38.8 %     37.2 %
    Adjustments:          
    Amortization of intangibles and fixed asset fair value adjustments due to acquisitions   0.3 %     0.4 %     0.4 %
    Stock-based compensation   1.2 %     1.0 %     1.1 %
    Restructuring charges   %     %     %
    Non-GAAP Gross Margin   39.2 %     40.2 %     38.7 %
               
    GAAP operating expenses $ 61,254     $ 65,730     $ 61,706  
    Adjustments:          
    Amortization of intangibles   (191 )     (191 )     (191 )
    Stock-based compensation   (7,791 )     (8,269 )     (8,477 )
    Restructuring charges   (2,823 )     (371 )     (49 )
    Costs related to sale and acquisition of businesses   (217 )     (1,689 )     (646 )
    Non-GAAP operating expenses $ 50,232     $ 55,210     $ 52,343  
               
    GAAP operating income $ 3,269     $ 7,850     $ 21,303  
    Adjustments:          
    Amortization of intangibles and fixed asset fair value adjustments due to acquisitions   733       746       777  
    Stock-based compensation   9,796       10,213       10,405  
    Restructuring charges   2,883       403       93  
    Gain on sale of business, net of cost related to sale and acquisition of businesses   217       1,689       (19,625 )
    Non-GAAP operating income $ 16,898     $ 20,901     $ 12,953  
     
    FORMFACTOR, INC. 
    NON-GAAP FINANCIAL MEASURE RECONCILIATIONS
    (In thousands, except per share amounts)
    (Unaudited)
       
      Three Months Ended
      March 29,
    2025
      December 28,
    2024
      March 30,
    2024
    GAAP net income $ 6,401     $ 9,705     $ 21,781  
    Adjustments:          
    Amortization of intangibles and fixed asset fair value adjustments due to acquisitions   733       746       777  
    Stock-based compensation   9,796       10,213       10,405  
    Restructuring charges   2,883       415       93  
    Gain on sale of business, net of cost related to sale and acquisition of businesses   217       1,689       (19,625 )
    Income tax effect of non-GAAP adjustments   (2,026 )     (1,445 )     913  
    Non-GAAP net income $ 18,004     $ 21,323     $ 14,344  
               
    GAAP net income per share:          
    Basic $ 0.08     $ 0.13     $ 0.28  
    Diluted $ 0.08     $ 0.12     $ 0.28  
               
    Non-GAAP net income per share:          
    Basic $ 0.23     $ 0.28     $ 0.19  
    Diluted $ 0.23     $ 0.27     $ 0.18  
     
    FORMFACTOR, INC. 
    CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
    (In thousands)
    (Unaudited)
     
      Three Months Ended
      March 29,
    2025
      March 30,
    2024
    Cash flows from operating activities:      
    Net income $ 6,401     $ 21,781  
    Selected adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:      
    Depreciation   8,156       7,193  
    Amortization   674       640  
    Stock-based compensation expense   9,796       10,405  
    Provision for excess and obsolete inventories   2,879       3,146  
    Gain on sale of business         (20,271 )
    Non-cash restructuring charges   2,102        
    Other activity impacting operating cash flows   (6,469 )     10,118  
    Net cash provided by operating activities   23,539       33,012  
    Cash flows from investing activities:      
    Acquisition of property, plant and equipment   (18,584 )     (13,436 )
    Proceeds from sale of business         21,275  
    Purchase of equity investment   (67,156 )      
    Proceeds from (purchases of) marketable securities, net   1,080       (11,659 )
    Net cash used in investing activities   (84,660 )     (3,820 )
    Cash flows from financing activities:      
    Purchase of common stock through stock repurchase program   (22,135 )     (17,334 )
    Proceeds from issuances of common stock   21,576       4,948  
    Principal repayments on term loans   (273 )     (266 )
    Tax withholdings related to net share settlements of equity awards   (2,132 )     (1,840 )
    Net cash used in financing activities   (2,964 )     (14,492 )
    Effect of exchange rate changes on cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash   180       (1,592 )
    Net increase (decrease) in cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash   (63,905 )     13,108  
    Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash, beginning of period   197,206       181,273  
    Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash, end of period $ 133,301     $ 194,381  
     
    FORMFACTOR, INC. 
    RECONCILIATION OF CASH PROVIDED BY OPERATING ACTIVITIES TO NON-GAAP FREE CASH FLOW
    (In thousands)
    (Unaudited)
       
      Three Months Ended
      March 29,
    2025
      December 28,
    2024
      March 30,
    2024
    Net cash provided by operating activities $ 23,539     $ 35,913     $ 33,012  
    Adjustments:          
    Sale of business and acquisition related payments in working capital   1,221       506       47  
    Cash paid for interest   92       93       100  
    Capital expenditures   (18,584 )     (7,663 )     (13,436 )
    Free cash flow $ 6,268     $ 28,849     $ 19,723  
     
    FORMFACTOR, INC.
    CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
    (In thousands)
    (Unaudited)
     
      March 29,
    2025
      December 28,
    2024
    ASSETS      
    Current assets:      
    Cash and cash equivalents $ 129,889     $ 190,728  
    Marketable securities   169,099       169,295  
    Accounts receivable, net of allowance for credit losses   98,605       104,294  
    Inventories, net   109,965       101,676  
    Restricted cash   967       3,746  
    Prepaid expenses and other current assets   42,716       35,389  
    Total current assets   551,241       605,128  
    Restricted cash   2,445       2,732  
    Operating lease, right-of-use-assets   20,054       22,579  
    Property, plant and equipment, net of accumulated depreciation   208,317       210,230  
    Equity investment   68,667        
    Goodwill   199,700       199,171  
    Intangibles, net   9,681       10,355  
    Deferred tax assets   92,759       92,012  
    Other assets   3,303       4,008  
    Total assets $ 1,156,167     $ 1,146,215  
           
    LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY      
    Current liabilities:      
    Accounts payable $ 64,536     $ 62,287  
    Accrued liabilities   34,909       43,742  
    Current portion of term loan, net of unamortized issuance costs   1,113       1,106  
    Deferred revenue   14,996       15,847  
    Operating lease liabilities   8,461       8,363  
    Total current liabilities   124,015       131,345  
    Term loan, less current portion, net of unamortized issuance costs   11,927       12,208  
    Long-term operating lease liabilities   15,980       17,550  
    Deferred grant   18,000       18,000  
    Other liabilities   20,371       19,344  
    Total liabilities   190,293       198,447  
           
    Stockholders’ equity:      
    Common stock   77       77  
    Additional paid-in capital   844,488       837,586  
    Accumulated other comprehensive loss   (6,037 )     (10,840 )
    Accumulated income   127,346       120,945  
    Total stockholders’ equity   965,874       947,768  
    Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity $ 1,156,167     $ 1,146,215  
     

    About our Non-GAAP Financial Measures:

    We believe that the presentation of non-GAAP net income, non-GAAP net income per basic and diluted share, non-GAAP gross profit, non-GAAP gross margin, non-GAAP operating expenses, non-GAAP operating income and free cash flow provides supplemental information that is important to understanding financial and business trends and other factors relating to our financial condition and results of operations. Non-GAAP net income, non-GAAP net income per basic and diluted share, non-GAAP gross profit, non-GAAP gross margin, non-GAAP operating expenses, and non-GAAP operating income are among the primary indicators used by management as a basis for planning and forecasting future periods, and by management and our board of directors to determine whether our operating performance has met certain targets and thresholds. Management uses non-GAAP net income, non-GAAP net income per basic and diluted share, non-GAAP gross profit, non-GAAP gross margin, non-GAAP operating expenses, and non-GAAP operating income when evaluating operating performance because it believes that the exclusion of the items indicated herein, for which the amounts or timing may vary significantly depending upon our activities and other factors, facilitates comparability of our operating performance from period to period. We use free cash flow to conduct and evaluate our business as an additional way of viewing our liquidity that, when viewed with our GAAP results, provides a more complete understanding of factors and trends affecting our cash flows. Many investors also prefer to track free cash flow, as opposed to only GAAP earnings. Free cash flow has limitations due to the fact that it does not represent the residual cash flow available for discretionary expenditures, and therefore it is important to view free cash flow as a complement to our entire consolidated statements of cash flows. We have chosen to provide this non-GAAP information to investors so they can analyze our operating results closer to the way that management does, and use this information in their assessment of our business and the valuation of our Company. We compute non-GAAP net income, non-GAAP net income per basic and diluted share, non-GAAP gross profit, non-GAAP gross margin, non-GAAP operating expenses, and non-GAAP operating income, by adjusting GAAP net income, GAAP net income per basic and diluted share, GAAP gross profit, GAAP gross margin, GAAP operating expenses, and GAAP operating income to remove the impact of certain items and the tax effect, if applicable, of those adjustments. These non-GAAP measures are not in accordance with, or an alternative to, GAAP, and may be materially different from other non-GAAP measures, including similarly titled non-GAAP measures used by other companies. The presentation of this additional information should not be considered in isolation from, as a substitute for, or superior to, net income, net income per basic and diluted share, gross profit, gross margin, operating expenses, or operating income in accordance with GAAP. Non-GAAP financial measures have limitations in that they do not reflect certain items that may have a material impact upon our reported financial results. We may expect to continue to incur expenses of a nature similar to the non-GAAP adjustments described above, and exclusion of these items from our non-GAAP net income, non-GAAP net income per basic and diluted share, non-GAAP gross profit, non-GAAP gross margin, non-GAAP operating expenses, and non-GAAP operating income should not be construed as an inference that these costs are unusual, infrequent or non-recurring. For more information on the non-GAAP adjustments, please see the table captioned “Non-GAAP Financial Measure Reconciliations” and “Reconciliation of Cash Provided by Operating Activities to non-GAAP Free Cash Flow” included in this press release.

    Source: FormFactor, Inc.
    FORM-F

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI: Credit Acceptance Announces First Quarter 2025 Results

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    Southfield, Michigan, April 30, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Credit Acceptance Corporation (Nasdaq: CACC) (referred to as the “Company”, “Credit Acceptance”, “we”, “our”, or “us”) today announced consolidated net income of $106.3 million, or $8.66 per diluted share, for the three months ended March 31, 2025. Adjusted net income, a non-GAAP financial measure, for the three months ended March 31, 2025 was $114.8 million, or $9.35 per diluted share. The following table summarizes our financial results:

    (In millions, except per share data)   For the Three Months Ended
        March 31, 2025   December 31, 2024   March 31, 2024
    GAAP net income   $         106.3    $         151.9    $         64.3 
    GAAP net income per diluted share   $         8.66    $         12.26    $         5.08 
                 
    Adjusted net income   $         114.8    $         126.0    $         117.4 
    Adjusted net income per diluted share   $         9.35    $         10.17    $         9.28 

    Our results and achievements for the first quarter of 2025 included the following:

    • A modest decline in forecasted collection rates, which decreased forecasted net cash flows from our loan portfolio by $20.9 million, or 0.2%, and slower forecasted net cash flow timing.
    • An 11.0% increase in the average balance of our loan portfolio from the first quarter of 2024 to $7.9 billion, which is our largest ever.
    • A decline in Consumer Loan assignment unit and dollar volumes of 10.1% and 15.5%, respectively, as compared to the first quarter of 2024.
    • The repurchase of approximately 329,000 shares, or 2.7% of the shares outstanding at the beginning of the quarter.
    • The enrollment of 1,617 new dealers with 10,789 active dealers during the quarter.
    • $68.0 million in dealer holdback and accelerated dealer holdback payments to dealers.
    • Maintained a strong liquidity position, with over $2.2 billion in unrestricted cash and cash equivalents and unused and available revolving lines of credit as of March 31, 2025.
    • Named a Top Workplaces USA award winner for the fifth year in a row, with a #2 ranking among companies of our size.

    Consumer Loan Metrics

    Dealers assign retail installment contracts (referred to as “Consumer Loans”) to Credit Acceptance. At the time a Consumer Loan is submitted to us for assignment, we forecast future expected cash flows from the Consumer Loan. Based on the amount and timing of these forecasts and expected expense levels, an advance or one-time purchase payment is made to the related dealer at a price designed to maximize economic profit, a non-GAAP financial measure that considers our return on capital, our cost of capital, and the amount of capital invested. 

    We use a statistical model to estimate the expected collection rate for each Consumer Loan at the time of assignment. We continue to evaluate the expected collection rate for each Consumer Loan subsequent to assignment. Our evaluation becomes more accurate as the Consumer Loans age, as we use actual performance data in our forecast. By comparing our current expected collection rate for each Consumer Loan with the rate we projected at the time of assignment, we are able to assess the accuracy of our initial forecast. The following table compares our aggregated forecast of Consumer Loan collection rates as of March 31, 2025, with the aggregated forecasts as of December 31, 2024, and at the time of assignment, segmented by year of assignment:

        Forecasted Collection Percentage as of (1)   Current Forecast Variance from
     Consumer Loan Assignment Year   March 31, 2025   December 31, 2024   Initial
    Forecast
      December 31, 2024   Initial
    Forecast
    2016           63.9  %           63.9  %           65.4  %           0.0  %           -1.5  %
    2017           64.8  %           64.7  %           64.0  %           0.1  %           0.8  %
    2018           65.5  %           65.5  %           63.6  %           0.0  %           1.9  %
    2019           67.2  %           67.2  %           64.0  %           0.0  %           3.2  %
    2020           67.9  %           67.7  %           63.4  %           0.2  %           4.5  %
    2021           63.9  %           63.8  %           66.3  %           0.1  %           -2.4  %
    2022           60.0  %           60.2  %           67.5  %           -0.2  %           -7.5  %
    2023           64.3  %           64.3  %           67.5  %           0.0  %           -3.2  %
    2024           66.3  %           66.5  %           67.2  %           -0.2  %           -0.9  %
    2025           66.0  %           —              66.2  %           —              -0.2  %

    (1)   Represents the total forecasted collections we expect to collect on the Consumer Loans as a percentage of the repayments that we were contractually owed on the Consumer Loans at the time of assignment. Contractual repayments include both principal and interest. Forecasted collection rates are negatively impacted by canceled Consumer Loans as the contractual amount owed is not removed from the denominator for purposes of computing forecasted collection rates.

    For the three months ended March 31, 2025, forecasted collection rates improved for Consumer Loans assigned in 2020, declined for Consumer Loans assigned in 2022, 2024, and 2025, and were generally consistent with expectations at the start of the period for all other assignment years presented.

    The changes to our forecast of future net cash flows from our Loan portfolio (forecasted collections less forecasted dealer holdback payments) for each of the last five quarters are shown in the following table:

    (Dollars in millions)   Decrease in Forecasted Net Cash Flows
    Three Months Ended   Total Loans   % Change from Forecast at Beginning of Period
    March 31, 2024   $         (30.8)             -0.3  %
    June 30, 2024             (189.3)             -1.7  %
    September 30, 2024             (62.8)             -0.6  %
    December 31, 2024             (31.1)             -0.3  %
    March 31, 2025             (20.9)             -0.2  %

    The following table presents information on Consumer Loan assignments for each of the last 10 years:

         Average   Total Assignment Volume
     Consumer Loan
    Assignment Year
      Consumer Loan (1)   Advance (2)   Initial Loan Term (in months)   Unit Volume   Dollar Volume (2)
    (in millions)
    2016   $         18,218   $         7,976   53   330,710   $         2,635.5
    2017     20,230     8,746   55   328,507     2,873.1
    2018     22,158     9,635   57   373,329     3,595.8
    2019     23,139     10,174   57   369,805     3,772.2
    2020     24,262     10,656   59   341,967     3,641.2
    2021     25,632     11,790   59   268,730     3,167.8
    2022     27,242     12,924   60   280,467     3,625.3
    2023     27,025     12,475   61   332,499     4,147.8
    2024     26,497     11,961   61   386,126     4,618.4
          2025 (3)     25,188     11,096   60   100,278     1,112.7

    (1)   Represents the repayments that we were contractually owed on Consumer Loans at the time of assignment, which include both principal and interest.
    (2)   Represents advances paid to dealers on Consumer Loans assigned under the portfolio program and one-time payments made to dealers to purchase Consumer Loans assigned under the purchase program. Payments of dealer holdback and accelerated dealer holdback are not included.
    (3)   Represents activity for the three months ended March 31, 2025. Information in this table for each of the years prior to 2025 represents activity for all 12 months of that year.

    The profitability of our loans is primarily driven by the amount and timing of the net cash flows we receive from the spread between the forecasted collection rate and the advance rate, less operating expenses and the cost of capital. Forecasting collection rates accurately at loan inception is difficult. With this in mind, we establish advance rates that are intended to allow us to achieve acceptable levels of profitability across our portfolio, even if collection rates are less than we initially forecast.

    The following table presents aggregate forecasted Consumer Loan collection rates, advance rates, and spreads (the forecasted collection rate less the advance rate), and the percentage of the forecasted collections that had been realized as of March 31, 2025, as well as forecasted collection rates and spreads at the time of assignment. All amounts, unless otherwise noted, are presented as a percentage of the initial balance of the Consumer Loan (principal + interest). The table includes both dealer loans and purchased loans.

        Forecasted Collection % as of       Spread % as of    
     Consumer Loan Assignment Year   March 31, 2025   Initial Forecast   Advance % (1)   March 31, 2025   Initial Forecast   % of Forecast
    Realized (2)
    2016           63.9  %           65.4  %           43.8  %           20.1  %           21.6  %           99.6  %
    2017           64.8  %           64.0  %           43.2  %           21.6  %           20.8  %           99.3  %
    2018           65.5  %           63.6  %           43.5  %           22.0  %           20.1  %           98.8  %
    2019           67.2  %           64.0  %           44.0  %           23.2  %           20.0  %           97.5  %
    2020           67.9  %           63.4  %           43.9  %           24.0  %           19.5  %           93.9  %
    2021           63.9  %           66.3  %           46.0  %           17.9  %           20.3  %           86.3  %
    2022           60.0  %           67.5  %           47.4  %           12.6  %           20.1  %           70.6  %
    2023           64.3  %           67.5  %           46.2  %           18.1  %           21.3  %           49.3  %
    2024           66.3  %           67.2  %           45.1  %           21.2  %           22.1  %           22.9  %
    2025           66.0  %           66.2  %           44.2  %           21.8  %           22.0  %           2.5  %

    (1)   Represents advances paid to dealers on Consumer Loans assigned under the portfolio program and one-time payments made to dealers to purchase Consumer Loans assigned under the purchase program as a percentage of the initial balance of the Consumer Loans.  Payments of dealer holdback and accelerated dealer holdback are not included.
    (2)   Presented as a percentage of total forecasted collections.

    The risk of a material change in our forecasted collection rate declines as the Consumer Loans age. For 2020 and prior Consumer Loan assignments, the risk of a material forecast variance is modest, as we have currently realized in excess of 90% of the expected collections. Conversely, the forecasted collection rates for more recent Consumer Loan assignments are less certain as a significant portion of our forecast has not been realized.

    The spread between the forecasted collection rate as of March 31, 2025 and the advance rate ranges from 12.6% to 24.0%, on an annual basis, for Consumer Loans assigned over the last 10 years. The spreads with respect to 2019 and 2020 Consumer Loans have been positively impacted by Consumer Loan performance, which has exceeded our initial estimates by a greater margin than the other years presented. The spreads with respect to 2021 through 2023 Consumer Loans have been negatively impacted by Consumer Loan performance, which has been lower than our initial estimates by a greater margin than the other years presented. The higher spread for 2025 Consumer Loans relative to 2024 Consumer Loans as of March 31, 2025 was primarily a result of Consumer Loan performance, as the performance of 2024 Consumer Loans has been lower than our initial estimates by a greater margin than 2025 Consumer Loans.

    The following table compares our forecast of aggregate Consumer Loan collection rates as of March 31, 2025 with the forecasts at the time of assignment, for dealer loans and purchased loans separately:

        Dealer Loans   Purchased Loans
        Forecasted Collection Percentage as of (1)       Forecasted Collection Percentage as of (1)    
     Consumer Loan Assignment Year   March 31,
    2025
      Initial
    Forecast
      Variance   March 31,
    2025
      Initial
    Forecast
      Variance
    2016           63.1  %           65.1  %           -2.0  %           66.1  %           66.5  %           -0.4  %
    2017           64.1  %           63.8  %           0.3  %           66.4  %           64.6  %           1.8  %
    2018           64.9  %           63.6  %           1.3  %           66.8  %           63.5  %           3.3  %
    2019           66.9  %           63.9  %           3.0  %           67.9  %           64.2  %           3.7  %
    2020           67.7  %           63.3  %           4.4  %           68.1  %           63.6  %           4.5  %
    2021           63.6  %           66.3  %           -2.7  %           64.4  %           66.3  %           -1.9  %
    2022           59.2  %           67.3  %           -8.1  %           61.9  %           68.0  %           -6.1  %
    2023           63.0  %           66.8  %           -3.8  %           67.7  %           69.4  %           -1.7  %
    2024           65.2  %           66.3  %           -1.1  %           70.6  %           70.7  %           -0.1  %
    2025           64.7  %           64.9  %           -0.2  %           70.5  %           70.7  %           -0.2  %

    (1)   The forecasted collection rates presented for dealer loans and purchased loans reflect the Consumer Loan classification at the time of assignment. The forecasted collection rates represent the total forecasted collections we expect to collect on the Consumer Loans as a percentage of the repayments that we were contractually owed on the Consumer Loans at the time of assignment. Contractual repayments include both principal and interest. Forecasted collection rates are negatively impacted by canceled Consumer Loans as the contractual amount owed is not removed from the denominator for purposes of computing forecasted collection rates.

    The following table presents aggregate forecasted Consumer Loan collection rates, advance rates, and spreads (the forecasted collection rate less the advance rate) as of March 31, 2025 for dealer loans and purchased loans separately.  All amounts are presented as a percentage of the initial balance of the Consumer Loan (principal + interest).

        Dealer Loans   Purchased Loans
     Consumer Loan Assignment Year   Forecasted Collection % (1)   Advance % (1)(2)   Spread %   Forecasted Collection % (1)   Advance % (1)(2)   Spread %
    2016           63.1  %           42.1  %           21.0  %           66.1  %           48.6  %           17.5  %
    2017           64.1  %           42.1  %           22.0  %           66.4  %           45.8  %           20.6  %
    2018           64.9  %           42.7  %           22.2  %           66.8  %           45.2  %           21.6  %
    2019           66.9  %           43.1  %           23.8  %           67.9  %           45.6  %           22.3  %
    2020           67.7  %           43.0  %           24.7  %           68.1  %           45.5  %           22.6  %
    2021           63.6  %           45.1  %           18.5  %           64.4  %           47.7  %           16.7  %
    2022           59.2  %           46.4  %           12.8  %           61.9  %           50.1  %           11.8  %
    2023           63.0  %           44.8  %           18.2  %           67.7  %           49.8  %           17.9  %
    2024           65.2  %           44.1  %           21.1  %           70.6  %           48.9  %           21.7  %
    2025           64.7  %           42.8  %           21.9  %           70.5  %           49.1  %           21.4  %

    (1)   The forecasted collection rates and advance rates presented for dealer loans and purchased loans reflect the Consumer Loan classification at the time of assignment.
    (2)   Represents advances paid to dealers on Consumer Loans assigned under the portfolio program and one-time payments made to dealers to purchase Consumer Loans assigned under the purchase program as a percentage of the initial balance of the Consumer Loans.  Payments of dealer holdback and accelerated dealer holdback are not included.

    Although the advance rate on purchased loans is higher as compared to the advance rate on dealer loans, purchased loans do not require us to pay dealer holdback.

    The spread as of March 31, 2025 on 2025 dealer loans was 21.9%, as compared to a spread of 21.1% on 2024 dealer loans. The increase was primarily a result of Consumer Loan performance, as the performance of 2024 dealer loans has been lower than our initial estimates by a greater margin than 2025 dealer loans.

    The spread as of March 31, 2025 on 2025 purchased loans was 21.4%, as compared to a spread of 21.7% on 2024 purchased loans. The decrease was primarily a result of a lower initial spread on 2025 purchased loans, due to a higher advance rate.

    Consumer Loan Volume

    The following table summarizes changes in Consumer Loan assignment volume in each of the last five quarters as compared to the same period in the previous year:

        Year over Year Percent Change
    Three Months Ended   Unit Volume   Dollar Volume (1)
    March 31, 2024           24.1  %           20.2  %
    June 30, 2024           20.9  %           16.3  %
    September 30, 2024           17.7  %           12.2  %
    December 31, 2024           0.3  %           -4.9  %
    March 31, 2025           -10.1  %           -15.5  %

    (1)   Represents advances paid to dealers on Consumer Loans assigned under the portfolio program and one-time payments made to dealers to purchase Consumer Loans assigned under the purchase program.  Payments of dealer holdback and accelerated dealer holdback are not included.

    Consumer Loan assignment volumes depend on a number of factors including (1) the overall demand for our financing programs and (2) the amount of capital available to fund new loans. Our pricing strategy is intended to maximize the amount of economic profit we generate, within the confines of capital constraints.

    Unit and dollar volumes declined 10.1% and 15.5%, respectively, during the first quarter of 2025 as the number of active dealers declined 0.1% and the average unit volume per active dealer declined 9.7%. Dollar volume declined by more than unit volume during the first quarter of 2025 due to a decrease in the average advance paid, resulting from decreases in the average size of Consumer Loans assigned and the average advance rate. Unit volume for the 28-day period ended April 28, 2025 decreased 9.8% compared to the same period in 2024.

    The following table summarizes the changes in Consumer Loan unit volume and active dealers:

      For the Three Months Ended March 31,    
      2025   2024   % Change
    Consumer Loan unit volume         100,278            111,488            -10.1  %
    Active dealers (1)         10,789            10,805            -0.1  %
    Average volume per active dealer         9.3            10.3            -9.7  %
               
    Consumer Loan unit volume from dealers active both periods         80,926            93,406            -13.4  %
    Dealers active both periods         7,067            7,067            —   
    Average volume per dealer active both periods         11.5            13.2            -13.4  %
               
    Consumer loan unit volume from dealers not active both periods         19,352            18,082            7.0  %
    Dealers not active both periods         3,722            3,738            -0.4  %
    Average volume per dealer not active both periods         5.2            4.8            8.3  %

    (1)   Active dealers are dealers who have received funding for at least one Consumer Loan during the period.

    The following table provides additional information on the changes in Consumer Loan unit volume and active dealers: 

      For the Three Months Ended March 31,    
      2025     2024     % Change
    Consumer Loan unit volume from new active dealers         4,229              5,193              -18.6  %
    New active dealers (1)         1,195              1,310              -8.8  %
    Average volume per new active dealer         3.5              4.0              -12.5  %
               
    Attrition (2)         -16.2  %           -16.0  %    

    (1)   New active dealers are dealers who enrolled in our program and have received funding for their first dealer loan or purchased loan from us during the period.
    (2)   Attrition is measured according to the following formula:  decrease in Consumer Loan unit volume from dealers who have received funding for at least one dealer loan or purchased loan during the comparable period of the prior year but did not receive funding for any dealer loans or purchased loans during the current period divided by prior year comparable period Consumer Loan unit volume.

    The following table shows the percentage of Consumer Loans assigned to us as dealer loans and purchased loans for each of the last five quarters:

        Unit Volume   Dollar Volume (1)
    Three Months Ended   Dealer Loans   Purchased Loans   Dealer Loans   Purchased Loans
    March 31, 2024           78.2  %           21.8  %           76.6  %           23.4  %
    June 30, 2024           78.5  %           21.5  %           77.3  %           22.7  %
    September 30, 2024           79.5  %           20.5  %           78.4  %           21.6  %
    December 31, 2024           78.7  %           21.3  %           77.7  %           22.3  %
    March 31, 2025           77.0  %           23.0  %           75.1  %           24.9  %

    (1)   Represents advances paid to dealers on Consumer Loans assigned under the portfolio program and one-time payments made to dealers to purchase Consumer Loans assigned under the purchase program.  Payments of dealer holdback and accelerated dealer holdback are not included.

    As of March 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, the net dealer loans receivable balance was 72.7% and 72.3%, respectively, of the total net loans receivable balance.

    Financial Results

    (Dollars in millions, except per share data) For the Three Months Ended March 31,    
        2025     2024   % Change
    GAAP average debt $         6,398.3    $         5,306.8            20.6  %
    GAAP average shareholders’ equity           1,782.0              1,678.5            6.2  %
    Average capital $         8,180.3    $         6,985.3            17.1  %
    GAAP net income $         106.3    $         64.3            65.3  %
    Diluted weighted average shares outstanding   12,279,446      12,646,529            -2.9  %
    GAAP net income per diluted share $         8.66    $         5.08            70.5  %

    The increase in GAAP net income for the three months ended March 31, 2025, as compared to the same period in 2024, was primarily a result of the following:

    • An increase in finance charges of 12.3% ($57.5 million), primarily due to an increase in the average balance of our loan portfolio.
    • A decrease in provision for credit losses of 13.0% ($24.1 million), due to:
      • A decrease in provision for credit losses on forecast changes of $10.9 million, due to a smaller decline in Consumer Loan performance.
      • A decrease in provision for credit losses on new Consumer Loan assignments of $13.2 million, due to a 10.1% decrease in Consumer Loan assignment unit volume and a 3.7% decrease in the average provision per Consumer Loan assignment. The decrease in average provision per new Consumer Loan assignment was primarily due to a decrease in the average advance rate for 2025 Consumer Loans.
    • An increase in operating expenses of 7.5% ($9.4 million), primarily due to an increase in salaries and wages expense of 12.9% ($10.1 million), primarily due to increases in (i) the number of team members as we are investing in our business with the goal of increasing the speed at which we enhance our product for dealers and consumers, (ii) stock-based compensation expense, primarily due to equity awards granted to our executive officers and senior leaders, and (iii) fringe benefits, primarily due to higher medical claims.
    • An increase in provision for income taxes of 60.2% ($13.3 million), primarily due to an increase in pre-tax income.
    • An increase in interest expense of 24.0% ($22.2 million), primarily due to an increase in our average outstanding debt balance, primarily due to borrowings used to fund the growth of our loan portfolio and stock repurchases.

    Adjusted financial results are provided to help shareholders understand our financial performance. The financial data below is non-GAAP, unless labeled otherwise. We use adjusted financial information internally to measure financial performance and to determine certain incentive compensation. We also use economic profit as a framework to evaluate business decisions and strategies, with the objective to maximize economic profit over the long term. In addition, certain debt facilities utilize adjusted financial information for the determination of loan collateral values and to measure financial covenants. The table below shows our results following adjustments to reflect non-GAAP accounting methods. Material adjustments are explained in the table footnotes and the subsequent “Floating Yield Adjustment” and “Senior Notes Adjustment” sections. Measures such as adjusted average capital, adjusted net income, adjusted net income per diluted share, adjusted interest expense (after-tax), adjusted net income plus adjusted interest expense (after-tax), adjusted return on capital, adjusted revenue, operating expenses, adjusted loans receivable, economic profit, and economic profit per diluted share are non-GAAP financial measures. Non-GAAP financial measures should be viewed in addition to, and not as an alternative for, our reported results prepared in accordance with GAAP.

    Adjusted financial results for the three months ended March 31, 2025, compared to the same period in 2024, include the following:

    (Dollars in millions, except per share data) For the Three Months Ended March 31,    
        2025       2024     % Change
    Adjusted average capital $         8,882.6      $         7,507.8              18.3  %
    Adjusted net income $         114.8      $         117.4              -2.2  %
    Adjusted interest expense (after-tax) $         88.3      $         71.2              24.0  %
    Adjusted net income plus adjusted interest expense (after-tax) $         203.1      $         188.6              7.7  %
    Adjusted return on capital           9.2  %             10.1  %           -8.9  %
    Cost of capital           7.6  %             7.3  %           4.1  %
    Economic profit $         35.3      $         51.4              -31.3  %
    Diluted weighted average shares outstanding   12,279,446        12,646,529              -2.9  %
    Adjusted net income per diluted share $         9.35      $         9.28              0.8  %
    Economic profit per diluted share $         2.87      $         4.06              -29.3  %

    Economic profit decreased 31.3% for the three months ended March 31, 2025, as compared to the same period in 2024. Economic profit is a function of the return on capital in excess of the cost of capital and the amount of capital invested in the business. The following table summarizes the impact each of these components had on the changes in economic profit for the three months ended March 31, 2025, as compared to the same period in 2024:

    (In millions) Year over Year Change in Economic Profit
      For the Three Months Ended March 31, 2025
    Decrease in adjusted return on capital $         (20.0)  
    Increase in cost of capital           (5.5)  
    Increase in adjusted average capital           9.4   
    Decrease in economic profit $         (16.1)  

    The decrease in economic profit for the three months ended March 31, 2025, as compared to the same period in 2024, was primarily a result of the following:

    • A decrease in our adjusted return on capital of 90 basis points, primarily due to:
      • A decrease in the yield used to recognize adjusted finance charges on our loan portfolio decreased our adjusted return on capital by 140 basis points, primarily due to both a decline in forecasted collection rates and slower forecasted net cash flow timing throughout 2024 and the first quarter of 2025. The slower forecasted net cash flow timing was primarily due to lower-than-expected Consumer Loan prepayments, which remain below historical averages.
      • Slower growth in operating expenses increased our adjusted return on capital by 50 basis points as operating expenses grew by 7.5% while adjusted average capital grew by 18.3%.
    • An increase in adjusted average capital of 18.3%, primarily due to an increase in the average balance of our loan portfolio.

    The following table shows adjusted revenue and operating expenses as a percentage of adjusted average capital, the adjusted return on capital, and the percentage change in adjusted average capital for each of the last eight quarters, compared to the same period in the prior year:

        For the Three Months Ended
        Mar. 31, 2025   Dec. 31, 2024   Sept. 30, 2024   Jun. 30, 2024   Mar. 31, 2024   Dec. 31, 2023   Sept. 30, 2023   Jun. 30, 2023
    Adjusted finance charges as a percentage of adjusted average loans receivable (1)           16.7  %           16.5  %           16.4  %           17.8  %           17.6  %           17.9  %           18.5  %           19.3  %
    Adjusted revenue as a percentage of adjusted average capital (1)           18.0  %           18.4  %           18.2  %           19.6  %           19.8  %           20.2  %           20.7  %           21.2  %
    Operating expenses as a percentage of adjusted average capital (1)           6.1  %           5.6  %           6.2  %           6.2  %           6.7  %           6.3  %           6.3  %           6.9  %
    Adjusted return on capital (1)           9.2  %           9.8  %           9.3  %           10.3  %           10.1  %           10.6  %           11.1  %           11.1  %
    Percentage change in adjusted average capital compared to the same period in the prior year           18.3  %           19.3  %           19.4  %           17.6  %           14.6  %           11.5  %           8.8  %           6.2  %

    (1)   Annualized.

    The decrease in adjusted return on capital for the three months ended March 31, 2025, as compared to the three months ended December 31, 2024, was primarily due to:

    • Faster growth in operating expenses, which decreased adjusted return on capital by 40 basis points, as operating expenses increased by 11.4% while adjusted average capital grew 2.9%. The $13.9 million increase in operating expenses was primarily due to the seasonal impact of the following:
      • An increase in fringe benefits, primarily due to an increase in accrued paid time off.
      • An increase in payroll taxes as a result of both taxes that are subject to income limitations and the taxes on the annual vesting of equity awards during the first quarter of the year.
      • An increase in sales commissions driven by higher unit volume during the first quarter of the year.
    • A decrease in adjusted revenue as a percentage of adjusted average capital, primarily due to adjusted average capital growing faster than adjusted average loans receivable due to an increase in cash and cash equivalents, partially offset by an increase in the yield on our adjusted loan portfolio. The increase in cash and cash equivalents was primarily due to the timing of recently completed debt issuances and a decline in Consumer Loan assignment volume.

    The following tables provide a reconciliation of non-GAAP measures to GAAP measures.  Certain amounts do not recalculate due to rounding.

    (Dollars in millions, except per share data)   For the Three Months Ended
        Mar. 31, 2025   Dec. 31, 2024   Sept. 30, 2024   Jun. 30, 2024   Mar. 31, 2024   Dec. 31, 2023   Sept. 30, 2023   Jun. 30, 2023
    Adjusted net income                                
    GAAP net income (loss)   $         106.3      $         151.9      $         78.8      $         (47.1)     $         64.3      $         93.6      $         70.8      $         22.2   
    Floating yield adjustment (after-tax)             (118.9)               (116.8)               (115.1)               (96.1)               (92.4)               (83.9)               (76.4)               (73.9)  
    GAAP provision for credit losses (after-tax)             124.6                95.0                142.2                246.9                143.2                126.1                142.1                192.9   
    Loss on sale of building (after-tax) (1)             —                —                —                18.3                —                —                —                —          
    Senior notes adjustment (after-tax)             —                —                —                —                —                (2.6)               (0.5)               (0.6)  
    Income tax adjustment (2)             2.8                (4.1)               3.2                4.4                2.3                (4.1)               3.5                (0.6)  
    Adjusted net income   $         114.8      $         126.0      $         109.1      $         126.4      $         117.4      $         129.1      $         139.5      $         140.0   
                                     
    Adjusted net income per diluted share (3)   $         9.35      $         10.17      $         8.79      $         10.29      $         9.28      $         10.06      $         10.70      $         10.69   
    Diluted weighted average shares outstanding     12,279,446        12,388,072        12,415,143        12,282,174        12,646,529        12,837,181        13,039,638        13,099,961   
                                     
    Adjusted revenue                                
    GAAP total revenue   $         571.1      $         565.9      $         550.3      $         538.2      $         508.0      $         491.6      $         478.6      $         477.9   
    Floating yield adjustment             (154.5)               (151.8)               (149.4)               (124.8)               (120.0)               (108.9)               (99.3)               (96.1)  
    GAAP provision for claims             (16.1)               (17.7)               (18.5)               (20.3)               (17.0)               (16.6)               (16.5)               (19.7)  
    Adjusted revenue   $         400.5      $         396.4      $         382.4      $         393.1      $         371.0      $         366.1      $         362.8      $         362.1   
                                     
    Adjusted average capital                                
    GAAP average debt   $         6,398.3      $         6,202.5      $         6,071.1      $         5,818.2      $         5,306.8      $         4,986.3      $         4,831.4      $         4,730.3   
    Deferred debt issuance adjustment             —                —                —                —                —                20.9                24.5                24.0   
    Senior notes debt adjustment             —                —                —                —                —                2.8                3.4                3.4   
    Adjusted average debt             6,398.3                6,202.5                6,071.1                5,818.2                5,306.8                5,010.0                4,859.3                4,757.7   
    GAAP average shareholders’ equity             1,782.0                1,712.3                1,594.2                1,623.5                1,678.5                1,734.3                1,731.3                1,752.6   
    Senior notes equity adjustment             —                —                —                —                —                2.0                2.9                3.4   
    Income tax adjustment (4)             (118.5)               (118.5)               (118.5)               (118.5)               (118.5)               (118.5)               (118.5)               (118.5)  
    Floating yield adjustment             820.8                837.0                840.8                710.1                641.0                606.5                548.9                433.9   
    Adjusted average equity             2,484.3                2,430.8                2,316.5                2,215.1                2,201.0                2,224.3                2,164.6                2,071.4   
    Adjusted average capital   $         8,882.6      $         8,633.3      $         8,387.6      $         8,033.3      $         7,507.8      $         7,234.3      $         7,023.9      $         6,829.1   
    Adjusted revenue as a percentage of adjusted average capital (5)             18.0  %             18.4  %             18.2  %             19.6  %             19.8  %             20.2  %             20.7  %             21.2  %
                                     
    Adjusted loans receivable                                
    GAAP loans receivable, net   $         7,978.2      $         7,850.3      $         7,781.5      $         7,547.7      $         7,345.6      $         6,955.3      $         6,780.5      $         6,610.3   
    Floating yield adjustment             1,079.8                1,072.4                1,100.8                1,065.6                869.7                803.8                748.9                663.7   
    Adjusted loans receivable   $         9,058.0      $         8,922.7      $         8,882.3      $         8,613.3      $         8,215.3      $         7,759.1      $         7,529.4      $         7,274.0   
                                     
    Adjusted loan yield                                
    GAAP finance charges   $         526.7      $         518.2      $         507.6      $         497.7      $         469.2      $         451.6      $         441.7      $         441.0   
    Floating yield adjustment             (154.5)               (151.8)               (149.4)               (124.8)               (120.0)               (108.9)               (99.3)               (96.1)  
    Adjusted finance charges   $         372.2      $         366.4      $         358.2      $         372.9      $         349.2      $         342.7      $         342.4      $         344.9   
                                     
    GAAP average loans receivable, net   $         7,882.4      $         7,831.4      $         7,690.9      $         7,499.2      $         7,101.3      $         6,867.8      $         6,690.8      $         6,596.6   
    Average floating yield adjustment             1,048.9                1,071.4                1,072.2                903.2                819.7                775.6                701.0                552.8   
    Adjusted average loans receivable   $         8,931.3      $         8,902.8      $         8,763.1      $         8,402.4      $         7,921.0      $         7,643.4      $         7,391.8      $         7,149.4   
    Adjusted finance charges as a percentage of adjusted average loans receivable (5)             16.7  %             16.5  %             16.4  %             17.8  %             17.6  %             17.9  %             18.5  %             19.3  %

    (1)   The sale of one of our two office buildings in June 2024 resulted in a loss on the sale of the asset. As this transaction is both unusual and infrequent in nature, we applied this adjustment to remove the impact of the loss on sale of building from our adjusted net income.
    (2)   Adjustment to record taxes at our estimated long-term effective income tax rate of 23%. 
    (3)   Net income per diluted share is computed independently for each of the quarters presented. Therefore, the sum of quarterly net income per diluted share information may not equal year-to-date net income per diluted share.
    (4)   The enactment of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act in December 2017 resulted in the reversal of $118.5 million of provision for income taxes to reflect the new federal statutory income tax rate. This adjustment removes the impact of this reversal from adjusted average capital. We believe the income tax adjustment provides a more accurate reflection of the performance of our business as we are recognizing provision for income taxes at the applicable long-term effective tax rate for the period.
    (5)   Annualized.

    (Dollars in millions)   For the Three Months Ended
        Mar. 31, 2025   Dec. 31, 2024   Sept. 30, 2024   Jun. 30, 2024   Mar. 31, 2024   Dec. 31, 2023   Sept. 30, 2023   Jun. 30, 2023
    Adjusted interest expense (after-tax)                                
    GAAP interest expense   $         114.7      $         111.3      $         111.2      $         104.5      $         92.5      $         78.8      $         70.5      $         62.8   
    Senior notes adjustment             —                 —                —                —                —                3.5                0.7                0.7   
    Adjusted interest expense (pre-tax)             114.7                111.3                111.2                104.5                92.5                82.3                71.2                63.5   
    Adjustment to record tax effect (1)             (26.4)               (25.6)               (25.6)               (24.0)               (21.3)               (18.9)               (16.4)               (14.6)  
    Adjusted interest expense (after-tax)   $         88.3      $         85.7      $         85.6      $         80.5      $         71.2      $         63.4      $         54.8      $         48.9   
                                     
    Adjusted return on capital (2)                                
    Adjusted net income   $         114.8      $         126.0      $         109.1      $         126.4      $         117.4      $         129.1      $         139.5      $         140.0   
    Adjusted interest expense (after-tax)             88.3                85.7                85.6                80.5                71.2                63.4                54.8                48.9   
    Adjusted net income plus adjusted interest expense (after-tax)   $         203.1      $         211.7      $         194.7      $         206.9      $         188.6      $         192.5      $         194.3      $         188.9   
                                     
    Reconciliation of GAAP return on equity to adjusted return on capital (5)                                
    GAAP return on equity (3)             23.9  %             35.5  %             19.8  %             -11.6  %             15.3  %             21.6  %             16.4  %             5.1  %
    Non-GAAP adjustments             -14.7  %             -25.7  %             -10.5  %             21.9  %             -5.2  %             -11.0  %             -5.3  %             6.0  %
    Adjusted return on capital (2)             9.2  %             9.8  %             9.3  %             10.3  %             10.1  %             10.6  %             11.1  %             11.1  %
                                     
    Economic profit                                
    Adjusted return on capital             9.2  %             9.8  %             9.3  %             10.3  %             10.1  %             10.6  %             11.1  %             11.1  %
    Cost of capital (4) (5)             7.6  %             7.4  %             7.3  %             7.5  %             7.3  %             7.6  %             7.1  %             6.7  %
    Adjusted return on capital in excess of cost of capital             1.6  %             2.4  %             2.0  %             2.8  %             2.8  %             3.0  %             4.0  %             4.4  %
    Adjusted average capital   $         8,882.6      $         8,633.3      $         8,387.6      $         8,033.3      $         7,507.8      $         7,234.3      $         7,023.9      $         6,829.1   
        Economic profit   $         35.3      $         51.3      $         41.4      $         56.2      $         51.4      $         55.9      $         69.1      $         74.1   
                                     
    Reconciliation of GAAP net income (loss) to economic profit                                
    GAAP net income (loss)   $         106.3      $         151.9      $         78.8      $         (47.1)     $         64.3      $         93.6      $         70.8      $         22.2   
    Non-GAAP adjustments             8.5                (25.9)               30.3                173.5                53.1                35.5                68.7                117.8   
    Adjusted net income             114.8                126.0                109.1                126.4                117.4                129.1                139.5                140.0   
    Adjusted interest expense (after-tax)             88.3                85.7                85.6                80.5                71.2                63.4                54.8                48.9   
    Adjusted net income plus adjusted interest expense (after-tax)             203.1                211.7                194.7                206.9                188.6                192.5                194.3                188.9   
    Less: cost of capital             167.8                160.4                153.3                150.7                137.2                136.6                125.2                114.8   
    Economic profit   $         35.3      $         51.3      $         41.4      $         56.2      $         51.4      $         55.9      $         69.1      $         74.1   
                                     
    Economic profit per diluted share (6)   $         2.87      $         4.14      $         3.33      $         4.58      $         4.06      $         4.35      $         5.30      $         5.66   
    Operating expenses as a percentage of adjusted average capital (5)             6.1  %             5.6  %             6.2  %             6.2  %             6.7  %             6.3  %             6.3  %             6.9  %
    Percentage change in adjusted average capital compared to the same period in the prior year             18.3  %             19.3  %             19.4  %             17.6  %             14.6  %             11.5  %             8.8  %             6.2  %

    (1)   Adjustment to record taxes at our estimated long-term effective income tax rate of 23%. 
    (2)   Adjusted return on capital is defined as adjusted net income plus adjusted interest expense (after-tax) divided by adjusted average capital.
    (3)   Calculated by dividing GAAP net income (loss) by GAAP average shareholders’ equity.
    (4)   The cost of capital includes both a cost of equity and a cost of debt.  The cost of equity capital is determined based on a formula that considers the risk of the business and the risk associated with our use of debt.  The formula utilized for determining the cost of equity capital is as follows: (the average 30-year Treasury rate + 5%) + [(1 – tax rate) x (the average 30-year Treasury rate + 5% – pre-tax average cost of debt rate) x average debt/(average equity + average debt x tax rate)].  For the periods presented, the average 30-year Treasury rate and the adjusted pre-tax average cost of debt were as follows:

        For the Three Months Ended
        Mar. 31, 2025   Dec. 31, 2024   Sept. 30, 2024   Jun. 30, 2024   Mar. 31, 2024   Dec. 31, 2023   Sept. 30, 2023   Jun. 30, 2023
    Average 30-year Treasury rate           4.7  %           4.4  %           4.3  %           4.6  %           4.3  %           4.7  %           4.2  %           3.8  %
    Pre-tax average cost of debt (5)           7.2  %           7.2  %           7.3  %           7.2  %           7.0  %           6.3  %           5.9  %           5.3  %

    (5)   Annualized.
    (6)   Economic profit per diluted share is computed independently for each of the quarters presented. Therefore, the sum of quarterly economic profit per diluted share information may not equal year-to-date economic profit per diluted share.

    Floating Yield Adjustment

    The net loan income (finance charge revenue less provision for credit losses expense) that we recognize over the life of a loan equals the cash we collect from the underlying Consumer Loan less the cash we pay to the dealer. We believe the economics of our business are best exhibited by recognizing loan revenue on a level-yield basis over the life of the loan based on expected future net cash flows. The purpose of this non-GAAP adjustment is to provide insight into our business by showing this level yield measure of income. Under GAAP, contractual amounts due in excess of the loan receivable balance at the time of assignment will be reflected as interest income, while contractual amounts due that are not expected to be collected are reflected in the provision for credit losses. Our non-GAAP floating yield adjustment recognizes the net effects of contractual interest income and expected credit losses in a single measure of finance charge revenue, consistent with how we manage our business. The floating yield adjustment recognizes revenue on a level-yield basis based upon expected future net cash flows, with any changes in expected future net cash flows, which are recognized immediately under GAAP as provision for credit losses, recognized over the remaining forecast period (up to 120 months after the origination date of the underlying Consumer Loans) for each individual dealer loan and purchased loan. The floating yield adjustment does not accelerate revenue recognition. Rather, it reduces revenue by taking amounts that are reported under GAAP as provision for credit losses and instead treating them as reductions of revenue over time.

    Under the GAAP methodology we employ, which is known as the current expected credit loss model, or CECL, we are required to recognize:

    • a significant provision for credit losses expense at the time of the loan’s assignment to us for contractual net cash flows we do not expect to realize; and
    • finance charge revenue in subsequent periods that is significantly in excess of our expected yield.

    Due to the GAAP treatment of contractual net cash flows we do not expect to realize at the time of loan assignment (i.e. significant expense at the time of loan assignment, which is offset by higher revenue in subsequent periods), we do not believe the GAAP methodology we employ provides sufficient transparency into the economics of our business, including our results of operations, financial condition, and financial leverage. Our floating yield adjustment enables us to provide measures of income that are not impacted by GAAP’s treatment of contractual net cash flows we do not expect to realize at the time of loan assignment. We believe the floating yield adjustment is presented in a manner which reflects both the economic reality of our business and how the business is managed and provides valuable supplemental information to help investors better understand our business, executive compensation, liquidity, and capital resources.

    Senior Notes Adjustment (applied in periods prior to December 31, 2023)

    This non-GAAP adjustment modifies our GAAP financial results to treat the issuance of certain senior notes as a refinancing of certain previously issued senior notes. Our historical adjusted financial information reflects application of the senior notes adjustment as described below in connection with (i) the issuance by us in 2014 of $300.0 million principal amount of 6.125% senior notes due 2021 (the “2021 senior notes”) and the related retirement of our 9.125% senior notes due 2017 (the “2017 senior notes”) and (ii) the issuance by us in 2019 of $400.0 million principal amount of 5.125% senior notes due 2024 (the “2024 senior notes”) and the related retirement of the 2021 senior notes and our 7.375% senior notes due 2023 (the “2023 senior notes”).

    We issued the 2024 senior notes on December 18, 2019. We used a portion of the net proceeds from the 2024 senior notes to repurchase or redeem all of the $300.0 million outstanding principal amount of the 2021 senior notes, of which $148.2 million was repurchased on December 18, 2019 and the remaining $151.8 million was redeemed on January 17, 2020. We used the remaining net proceeds from the 2024 senior notes, together with borrowings under our revolving credit facility, to redeem in full the $250.0 million outstanding principal amount of the 2023 senior notes on March 15, 2020. Under GAAP, the fourth quarter of 2019 included (i) a pre-tax loss on extinguishment of debt of $1.8 million related to the repurchase of 2021 senior notes in the fourth quarter of 2019 and the redemption of the remaining 2021 senior notes in the first quarter of 2020 and (ii) additional interest expense of $0.3 million on $160.0 million of additional outstanding debt caused by the one month lag from the issuance of the 2024 senior notes and repurchase of 2021 senior notes in the fourth quarter of 2019 to the redemption of the remaining 2021 senior notes in the first quarter of 2020. Under GAAP, the first quarter of 2020 included (i) a pre-tax loss on extinguishment of debt of $7.4 million related to the redemption of 2023 senior notes in the first quarter of 2020 and (ii) additional interest expense of $0.4 million on $160.0 million of additional outstanding debt caused by the one month lag from the issuance of the 2024 senior notes and repurchase of 2021 senior notes in the fourth quarter of 2019 to the redemption of the remaining 2021 senior notes in the first quarter of 2020.

    We issued the 2021 senior notes on January 22, 2014. On February 21, 2014, we used the net proceeds from the 2021 senior notes, together with borrowings under our revolving credit facilities, to redeem in full the $350.0 million outstanding principal amount of the 2017 senior notes. Under GAAP, the first quarter of 2014 included (i) a pre-tax loss on extinguishment of debt of $21.8 million related to the redemption of the 2017 senior notes in the first quarter of 2014 and (ii) additional interest expense of $1.4 million on $276.0 million of additional outstanding debt caused by the one month lag from the issuance of the 2021 senior notes to the redemption of the 2017 senior notes.

    Under our non-GAAP approach, the loss on extinguishment of debt and additional interest expense that were recognized for GAAP purposes were in each case deferred as debt issuance costs to be recognized ratably as interest expense over the term of the newly issued notes. In addition, for adjusted average capital purposes, the impact of additional outstanding debt related to the lag from the issuance of the new notes to the redemption of the previously issued notes was in each case deferred to be recognized ratably over the term of the newly issued notes. Upon the issuance of the 2024 senior notes in the fourth quarter of 2019, the outstanding unamortized balances of the non-GAAP adjustments related to the 2021 senior notes were deferred and were recognized ratably over the term of the 2024 senior notes, until the repurchase and redemption of the 2024 senior notes in December 2023.

    We believe the application of the senior notes adjustment as described above provides a more accurate reflection of the performance of our business, since we were recognizing the costs incurred with these transactions in a manner consistent with how we recognize the costs incurred when we periodically refinance our other debt facilities. We have determined not to apply the senior notes adjustments in connection with (i) the issuance by us in December 2023 of our 9.250% senior notes due 2028 and the related retirement of the 2024 senior notes or (ii) the issuance by us in February 2025 of our 6.625% senior notes due 2030 and the related retirement of the 2026 senior notes, because the adjustments would not be material.

    Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Information

    We claim the protection of the safe harbor for forward-looking statements contained in the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 for all of our forward-looking statements. Statements in this release that are not historical facts, such as those using terms like “may,” “will,” “should,” “believe,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “assume,” “forecast,” “estimate,” “intend,” “plan,” “target,” or similar expressions, and those regarding our future results, plans, and objectives, are “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of the federal securities laws. These forward-looking statements represent our outlook only as of the date of this release. Actual results could differ materially from these forward-looking statements since the statements are based on our current expectations, which are subject to risks and uncertainties. Factors that might cause such a difference include, but are not limited to, the factors set forth in Item 1A of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2024, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) on February 12, 2025, and Item 1A in Part II of our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended March 31, 2025, filed with the SEC on April 30, 2025, and other risk factors discussed herein or listed from time to time in our reports filed with the SEC and the following:

    Industry, Operational, and Macroeconomic Risks

    • Our inability to accurately forecast and estimate the amount and timing of future collections could have a material adverse effect on results of operations.
    • Due to competition from traditional financing sources and non-traditional lenders, we may not be able to compete successfully.
    • Adverse changes in economic conditions, the automobile or finance industries, or the non-prime consumer market could adversely affect our financial position, liquidity, and results of operations, the ability of key vendors that we depend on to supply us with services, and our ability to enter into future financing transactions.
    • Reliance on third parties to administer our ancillary product offerings could adversely affect our business and financial results.
    • We are dependent on our senior management, and the loss of any of these individuals or an inability to hire additional team members could adversely affect our ability to operate profitably.
    • Our reputation is a key asset to our business, and our business may be affected by how we are perceived in the marketplace.
    • An outbreak of contagious disease or other public health emergency could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, liquidity, and results of operations.
    • The concentration in several states of automobile dealers who participate in our programs could adversely affect us.
    • Reliance on our outsourced business functions could adversely affect our business.
    • Our ability to hire and retain foreign engineering personnel could be hindered by immigration restrictions.
    • We may be unable to execute our business strategy due to current economic conditions.
    • Natural disasters, climate change, military conflicts, acts of war, terrorist attacks and threats, or the escalation of military activity in response to terrorist attacks or otherwise may negatively affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations.
    • Governmental or market responses to climate change and related environmental issues could have a material adverse effect on our business.
    • A small number of our shareholders have the ability to significantly influence matters requiring shareholder approval and such shareholders have interests which may conflict with the interests of our other security holders.

    Capital and Liquidity Risks

    • We may be unable to continue to access or renew funding sources and obtain capital needed to maintain and grow our business.
    • The terms of our debt limit how we conduct our business.
    • A violation of the terms of our asset-backed secured financings or revolving secured warehouse facilities could have a material adverse impact on our operations.
    • Our substantial debt could negatively impact our business, prevent us from satisfying our debt obligations, and adversely affect our financial condition.
    • We may not be able to generate sufficient cash flows to service our outstanding debt and fund operations and may be forced to take other actions to satisfy our obligations under such debt.
    • Interest rate fluctuations may adversely affect our borrowing costs, profitability, and liquidity.
    • Reduction in our credit rating could increase the cost of our funding from, and restrict our access to, the capital markets and adversely affect our liquidity, financial condition, and results of operations.
    • We may incur substantially more debt and other liabilities. This could exacerbate further the risks associated with our current debt levels.
    • The conditions of the U.S. and international capital markets may adversely affect lenders with which we have relationships, causing us to incur additional costs and reducing our sources of liquidity, which may adversely affect our financial position, liquidity, and results of operations.

    Technology and Cybersecurity Risks

    • Our dependence on technology could have a material adverse effect on our business.
    • We depend on secure information technology, and a breach of our systems or those of our third-party service providers could result in our experiencing significant financial, legal, and reputational exposure and could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations.
    • Our use of electronic contracts could impact our ability to perfect our ownership or security interest in Consumer Loans.
    • Failure to properly safeguard our proprietary business information or confidential consumer and team member personal information could subject us to liability, decrease our profitability, and damage our reputation.
    • The development and use of artificial intelligence presents risks and challenges that may adversely impact our business.

    Legal and Regulatory Risks

    • Litigation we are involved in from time to time may adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows.
    • Changes in tax laws and the resolution of uncertain income tax matters could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and cash flows from operations.
    • The regulations to which we are or may become subject could result in a material adverse effect on our business.

    Other factors not currently anticipated by management may also materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations. We do not undertake, and expressly disclaim any obligation, to update or alter our statements, whether as a result of new information or future events or otherwise, except as required by applicable law.

    Webcast Details

    We will host a webcast on April 30, 2025 at 5:00 p.m. Eastern Time to discuss our first quarter results. The webcast can be accessed live by visiting the “Investor Relations” section of our website at ir.creditacceptance.com or by telephone as described below. Only persons accessing the webcast by telephone will be able to pose questions to the presenters during the webcast. A replay and transcript of the webcast will be archived in the “Investor Relations” section of our website. 

    To participate in the webcast by telephone, you must pre-register at https://register.vevent.com/register/BI27a0a72b8917474a9a1c5c1f1a465ad7, or through the link posted on the “Investor Relations” section of our website at ir.creditacceptance.com. Upon registration you will be provided with the dial-in number and a unique PIN to access the webcast by telephone.

    Description of Credit Acceptance Corporation

    We make vehicle ownership possible by providing innovative financing solutions that enable automobile dealers to sell vehicles to consumers regardless of their credit history. Our financing programs are offered through a nationwide network of automobile dealers who benefit from sales of vehicles to consumers who otherwise could not obtain financing; from repeat and referral sales generated by these same customers; and from sales to customers responding to advertisements for our financing programs, but who actually end up qualifying for traditional financing.

    Without our financing programs, consumers are often unable to purchase vehicles or they purchase unreliable ones. Further, as we report to the three national credit reporting agencies, an important ancillary benefit of our programs is that we provide consumers with an opportunity to improve their lives by improving their credit score and move on to more traditional sources of financing. Credit Acceptance is publicly traded on the Nasdaq Stock Market under the symbol CACC. For more information, visit creditacceptance.com.

    CREDIT ACCEPTANCE CORPORATION
    CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
    (UNAUDITED)
            

    (Dollars in millions, except per share data) For the Three Months Ended March 31,
        2025     2024
    Revenue:      
    Finance charges $         526.7   $         469.2
    Premiums earned           23.5             21.9
    Other income           20.9             16.9
    Total revenue           571.1             508.0
    Costs and expenses:      
    Salaries and wages           88.6             78.5
    General and administrative           22.1             23.7
    Sales and marketing           24.8             23.9
    Total operating expenses           135.5             126.1
           
    Provision for credit losses on forecast changes           76.3             87.2
    Provision for credit losses on new Consumer Loan assignments           85.6             98.8
    Total provision for credit losses           161.9             186.0
           
    Interest           114.7             92.5
    Provision for claims           16.1             17.0
    Loss on extinguishment of debt           1.2             —  
    Total costs and expenses           429.4             421.6
    Income before provision for income taxes           141.7             86.4
    Provision for income taxes           35.4             22.1
    Net income $         106.3   $         64.3
           
    Net income per share:      
    Basic $         8.79   $         5.15
    Diluted $         8.66   $         5.08
           
    Weighted average shares outstanding:      
    Basic           12,091,027             12,481,139
    Diluted           12,279,446             12,646,529

    CREDIT ACCEPTANCE CORPORATION
    CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
    (UNAUDITED)

    (Dollars in millions, except per share data) As of
      March 31, 2025   December 31, 2024
    ASSETS:      
    Cash and cash equivalents $         528.8      $         343.7   
    Restricted cash and cash equivalents           591.8                501.3   
    Restricted securities available for sale           109.0                106.4   
           
    Loans receivable           11,476.7                11,289.1   
    Allowance for credit losses           (3,498.5)               (3,438.8)  
    Loans receivable, net           7,978.2                7,850.3   
           
    Property and equipment, net           13.7                14.7   
    Income taxes receivable           6.4                4.2   
    Other assets           30.1                34.0   
    Total assets $         9,258.0      $         8,854.6   
           
    LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY:      
    Liabilities:      
    Accounts payable and accrued liabilities $         377.0      $         315.8   
    Revolving secured lines of credit           1.4                0.1   
    Secured financing           5,618.0                5,361.5   
    Senior notes           1,085.8                991.3   
    Deferred income taxes, net           320.9                319.1   
    Income taxes payable           144.0                117.2   
    Total liabilities           7,547.1                7,105.0   
           
    Shareholders’ Equity:      
    Preferred stock, $.01 par value, 1,000,000 shares authorized, none issued           —                —   
    Common stock, $.01 par value, 80,000,000 shares authorized, 11,747,851 and 12,048,151 shares issued and outstanding as of March 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, respectively           0.1                0.1   
    Paid-in capital           351.7                335.1   
    Retained earnings           1,358.5                1,414.7   
    Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)           0.6                (0.3)  
    Total shareholders’ equity           1,710.9                1,749.6   
    Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity $         9,258.0      $         8,854.6   

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI: Medallion Financial Corp. Reports 2025 First Quarter Results

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    NEW YORK, April 30, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Medallion Financial Corp. (NASDAQ: MFIN, “Medallion” or the “Company”), a specialty finance company that originates and services loans in various consumer and commercial industries, along with offering loan origination services to fintech strategic partners, announced today its results for the quarter ended March 31, 2025.

    March 31, 2025 First Quarter Highlights

    • Net income grew 20% to $12.0 million, or $0.50 per share, compared to $10.0 million, or $0.42 per share, in the prior year quarter.
    • Net interest income grew 7% to $51.4 million from $47.9 million in the prior year quarter.
    • Net interest margin on net loans was 8.25%, compared to 8.39% in the prior year quarter, and on gross loans it was 7.94%, compared to 8.10% in the prior year quarter.
    • Loan originations grew to $281.6 million, compared to $173.1 million in the prior year quarter, and included $136.2 million of strategic partnership loans in the current quarter compared to $15.7 million in the prior year quarter.
    • Loans grew 12% to $2.5 billion as of March 31, 2025, compared to $2.2 billion a year ago.
    • Credit loss provision increased to $22.0 million from $17.2 million in the prior year quarter.
    • The Company declared and paid a quarterly cash dividend of $0.11 per share.
    • Subsequent to March 31, 2025, the Board of Directors increased the quarterly cash dividend to $0.12 per share.

    Executive Commentary – Andrew Murstein, President of Medallion

    “Once again we are pleased with our bottom-line performance and the $0.50 per share earnings this quarter. We have done a great job pivoting fully away from our legacy taxi medallion lending business. Our consumer lending businesses continue to perform well.  Our commercial division, Medallion Capital, which we acquired for approximately 1.1 million MFIN shares back in 1998, had another greater quarter and generated strong equity gains. Since 2015, Medallion Capital has generated $67 million of earnings for our shareholders.

    We originated more than $280 million of loans during the quarter, with strategic partnership loans accounting for nearly half. Strategic partnership loan volume increased to $136 million this quarter up from just $16 million one year ago. We saw delinquencies in both of our consumer loan portfolios improve from a quarter ago.

    Lastly, we are happy to announce that our board of directors has increased our quarterly dividend to $0.12 per share. We look forward to a bright future for our Company and continuing to deliver positive returns to our shareholders.”

    Business Segment Highlights

    Recreation Lending Segment

    • Originations were $86.8 million during the quarter, compared to $105.8 million a year ago.
    • Recreation loans, including loans held for investment and loans held for sale, grew 13% to $1.5 billion, or 62% of total loans, as of March 31, 2025, compared to $1.4 billion a year ago.
    • Interest income grew 15% to $50.5 million for the quarter, from $43.9 million in the prior year quarter.
    • The average interest rate was 15.01% at quarter-end, 15.10% excluding loans held sale, compared to 14.80% a year ago.
    • Recreation loans 90 days or more past due were $7.1 million, or 0.48% of gross recreation loans, as of March 31, 2025, compared to $6.4 million, or 0.48%, a year ago.
    • Allowance for credit loss was 5.00% at quarter-end for loans held for investment, compared to 4.40% a year ago.

    Home Improvement Lending Segment

    • Originations were $48.8 million during the quarter, compared to $51.6 million a year ago.
    • Home improvement loans grew 8% to $812.4 million, or 33% of total loans, as of March 31, 2025, compared to $752.3 million a year ago.
    • Interest income grew 13% to $19.8 million for the quarter, from $17.4 million in the prior year quarter.
    • The average interest rate was 9.83% at quarter-end, compared to 9.60% a year ago.
    • Home improvement loans 90 days or more past due were $1.5 million, or 0.19% of gross home improvement loans, as of March 31, 2025, compared to $1.4 million, or 0.18%, a year ago.
    • Allowance for credit loss was 2.49% at quarter-end, compared to 2.38% a year ago.

    Commercial Lending Segment

    • Commercial loans were $116.1 million at March 31, 2025, compared to $106.6 million a year ago.
    • The average interest rate on the portfolio was 13.14%, compared to 13.00% a year ago.

    Taxi Medallion Lending Segment

    • The Company collected $2.6 million of cash on taxi medallion-related assets during the quarter.
    • Total net taxi medallion assets declined to $6.8 million, a 37% reduction from a year ago, and represented less than 0.5% of the Company’s total assets, as of March 31, 2025.

    Capital Allocation

    Quarterly Dividend

    • The Board of Directors declared a quarterly dividend of $0.12 per share, payable on May 30, 2025, to shareholders of record at the close of business on May 15, 2025.

    Stock Repurchase Plan

    • During the first quarter of 2025, the Company repurchased 60,185 shares of its common stock at an average cost of $8.83 per share for $0.5 million.
    • As of March 31, 2025, the Company had $14.9 million remaining under its $40 million stock repurchase program.

    Conference Call Information

    The Company will host a conference call to discuss its first quarter financial results tomorrow, Thursday, May 1, 2025, at 9:00 a.m. Eastern time.

    In connection with its earnings release, the Company has updated its quarterly supplement presentation, which is now available at www.medallion.com.

    How to Participate

    • Date: Thursday, May 1, 2025
    • Time: 9:00 a.m. Eastern time
    • U.S. dial-in number: (833) 816-1412
    • International dial-in number: (412) 317-0504
    • Live webcast: Link to Webcast of 1Q25 Earnings Call

    A link to the live audio webcast of the conference call will also be available at the Company’s IR website.

    Replay Information

    The webcast replay will be available at the Company’s IR website until the next quarter’s results are announced.

    The conference call replay will be available following the end of the call through Thursday, May 8, 2025

    • U.S. dial-in number: (844) 512-2921
    • International dial-in number: (412) 317-6671
    • Passcode: 1019 8552

    About Medallion Financial Corp.

    Medallion Financial Corp. (NASDAQ: MFIN) and its subsidiaries originate and service a growing portfolio of consumer loans and mezzanine loans in various industries. Key industries served include recreation (towable RVs and marine) and home improvement (replacement roofs, swimming pools, and windows). Medallion Financial Corp. is headquartered in New York City, NY, and its largest subsidiary, Medallion Bank, is headquartered in Salt Lake City, Utah. For more information, please visit www.medallion.com.

    Forward-Looking Statements
    Please note that this press release contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties relating to business performance, cash flow, net interest income and expenses, other expenses, earnings, growth, and our growth strategy. These statements are often, but not always, made using words or phrases such as “will” and “continue” or the negative version of those words or other comparable words or phrases of a future or forward-looking nature. These statements relate to future public announcements of our earnings, the impact of the pending SEC litigation, expectations regarding our loan portfolio, including collections on our medallion loans, the potential for future asset growth, and market share opportunities. Medallion’s actual results may differ significantly from the results discussed in such forward-looking statements. For example, statements about the effects of the current economy, whether inflation or the risk of recession, the effects of tariffs, operations, financial performance and prospects constitute forward-looking statements and are subject to the risk that the actual impacts may differ, possibly materially, from what is reflected in those forward-looking statements due to factors and future developments that are uncertain, unpredictable and in many cases beyond Medallion’s control. In addition to risks relating to the current economy, a description of certain risks to which Medallion is or may be subject, including risks related to the pending SEC litigation, the settlement of which remains subject to SEC and court approval, please refer to the factors discussed under the heading “Risk Factors” in Medallion’s 2024 Annual Report on Form 10-K.

    Company Contact:
    Investor Relations
    212-328-2176
    InvestorRelations@medallion.com

     
     
    MEDALLION FINANCIAL CORP.
    CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
    (UNAUDITED)
     
    (Dollars in thousands, except share and per share data)   March 31, 2025     December 31, 2024     March 31, 2024  
    Assets                  
    Cash, cash equivalents, and federal funds sold   $ 157,994     $ 169,572     $ 169,125  
    Investment securities     60,424       54,805       53,038  
    Equity investments     8,997       9,198       16,374  
    Loans held for sale, at lower of amortized cost or fair value     124,733       128,226        
    Loans     2,361,700       2,362,796       2,228,426  
    Allowance for credit losses     (100,366 )     (97,368 )     (83,827 )
    Net loans receivable     2,261,334       2,265,428       2,144,599  
    Goodwill and intangible assets, net     169,588       169,949       171,033  
    Property, equipment, and right-of-use lease asset, net     12,814       13,756       14,024  
    Accrued interest receivable     14,437       15,314       12,673  
    Loan collateral in process of foreclosure     9,183       9,932       10,198  
    Other assets     28,234       32,426       27,698  
    Total assets   $ 2,847,738     $ 2,868,606     $ 2,602,388  
    Liabilities                  
    Deposits   $ 2,022,828     $ 2,090,071     $ 1,879,061  
    Long-term debt     199,665       232,159       225,558  
    Short-term borrowings     111,750       49,000       32,500  
    Deferred tax liabilities, net     21,538       20,995       24,846  
    Operating lease liabilities     4,528       5,128       6,710  
    Accrued interest payable     6,610       8,231       6,077  
    Accounts payable and accrued expenses     31,807       24,064       26,186  
    Total liabilities     2,398,726       2,429,648       2,200,938  
    Total stockholders’ equity     380,224       370,170       349,036  
    Non-controlling interest in consolidated subsidiaries     68,788       68,788       68,788  
    Total equity     449,012       438,958       417,824  
    Total liabilities and equity   $ 2,847,738     $ 2,868,606     $ 2,618,762  
    Number of shares outstanding     23,235,030       23,135,624       23,377,564  
    Book value per share   $ 16.36     $ 16.00     $ 14.93  
     
    MEDALLION FINANCIAL CORP.‌
    CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
    (UNAUDITED)‌
     
        Three Months Ended March 31,  
    (Dollars in thousands, except share and per share data)   2025     2024  
    Total interest income   $ 75,425     $ 67,070  
    Total interest expense     24,013       19,153  
    Net interest income     51,412       47,917  
    Provision for credit losses     22,014       17,201  
    Net interest income after provision for credit losses     29,398       30,716  
    Other income            
    Gain on equity investments, net     9,430       4,167  
    Gain on taxi medallion assets, net     843       629  
    Strategic partnership fees     685       326  
    Other income     641       281  
    Total other income, net     11,599       5,403  
    Other expenses            
    Salaries and employee benefits     9,993       9,457  
    Loan servicing fees     2,817       2,470  
    Collection costs     1,537       1,467  
    Regulatory fees     821       977  
    Professional fee costs, net     1,750       771  
    Rent expense     675       657  
    Amortization of intangible assets     361       361  
    Other expenses     2,804       2,065  
    Total other expenses     20,758       18,225  
    Income before income taxes     20,239       17,894  
    Income tax provision     6,713       6,358  
    Net income after taxes     13,526       11,536  
    Less: income attributable to the non-controlling interest     1,512       1,512  
    Total net income attributable to Medallion Financial Corp.   $ 12,014     $ 10,024  
    Basic net income per share   $ 0.53     $ 0.44  
    Diluted net income per share   $ 0.50     $ 0.42  
    Weighted average common shares outstanding            
    Basic     22,570,797       22,641,385  
    Diluted     23,897,167       23,765,045  
    Dividends declared per common share   $ 0.12     $ 0.10  

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI: Hawthorn Bancshares Reports First Quarter 2025 Results

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    JEFFERSON CITY, Mo., April 30, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Hawthorn Bancshares, Inc. (NASDAQ: HWBK), (the “Company”), the bank holding company for Hawthorn Bank, reported first quarter 2025 net income of $5.4 million, or earnings per diluted share (“EPS”) of $0.77.

    First Quarter 2025 Results

    • Net income improved $0.9 million, or 20.8%, to $5.4 million from the first quarter 2024 (the “prior year quarter”) and the efficiency ratio improved to 66.64% compared to 70.78% for the prior year quarter
    • EPS of $0.77, an improvement of $0.14 per share, or 22%, from the prior year quarter
    • Net interest margin, fully taxable equivalent (“FTE”) improved in the first quarter 2025 to 3.67% compared to 3.55% for fourth quarter 2024 (the “prior quarter”)
    • Provision for credit losses were $0.6 million lower than the prior quarter and $0.1 million lower than the prior year quarter
    • Return on average assets and equity of 1.20% and 14.29%, respectively
    • Loans increased $4.2 million, or 1.2% annualized, and deposits increased $10.7 million, or 2.8% annualized, compared to the prior quarter
    • Investments increased $2.8 million, or 5.0% annualized, compared to the prior quarter
    • Credit quality remained strong with non-performing assets to total loans of 0.21% improving from 0.69% in the prior year quarter
    • Remained well capitalized with total risk-based capital of 14.94%
    • Book Value per share increased $2.54 to $21.97, or 13%, compared to the prior year quarter

    Brent Giles, Chief Executive Officer of Hawthorn Bancshares, Inc. commented, “Our strong first quarter aligns with our focus on growing core relationships and improving financial results. We continue to enhance our products, operations and resources to serve the customers in our communities and collectively achieve success.”

    (unaudited)
    $000, except per share data

      March 31,   December 31,   March 31,
      2025   2024   2024
    Balance sheet information          
    Total assets $ 1,883,423   $ 1,825,185   $ 1,833,760
    Loans held for investment   1,470,323     1,466,160     1,518,853
    Investment securities   226,581     223,801     189,741
    Deposits   1,543,888     1,533,182     1,527,874
    Total stockholders’ equity $ 153,411   $ 149,547   $ 136,620
               
    Market and per share data          
    Book value per share $ 21.97   $ 21.36   $ 19.43
    Market price per share $ 28.23   $ 28.35   $ 20.43
    Diluted earnings per share (QTR) $ 0.77   $ 0.66   $ 0.63


    Financial Results for the First Quarter

    Earnings

    Net income for the first quarter 2025 was $5.4 million, an increase of $0.8 million, or 17.1%, from the prior quarter, and an increase of $0.9 million, or 20.8%, from the prior year quarter. EPS improved to $0.77 for the first quarter 2025 compared to $0.66 for the prior quarter and $0.63 for the prior year quarter.

    Net Interest Income and Net Interest Margin

    Net interest income for the first quarter 2025 was $15.3 million, a decrease of $0.1 million from the prior quarter, and an increase of $0.5 million from the prior year quarter.

    Interest income decreased $0.6 million in the current quarter compared to the prior year quarter, driven primarily by lower average interest earning assets, while interest expense decreased $1.1 million compared to the prior year quarter. Net interest margin, on an FTE basis, was 3.67% for the current quarter, compared to 3.55% for the prior quarter, and 3.39% for the prior year quarter.

    The yield earned on average loans held for investment increased to 5.89%, on an FTE basis, for the first quarter 2025, compared to 5.86% for the prior quarter and 5.75% for the prior year quarter.

    The average cost of deposits was 2.44% for the first quarter 2025, compared to 2.49% for the prior quarter and 2.61% for the prior year quarter. Non-interest bearing demand deposits as a percent of total deposits was 27.7% as of March 31, 2025, compared to 25.1% and 25.7% at December 31, 2024 and March 31, 2024, respectively.

    Non-interest Income

    Total non-interest income for the first quarter 2025 was $3.5 million, a decrease of $0.1 million, or 1.7%, from the prior quarter, and an increase of $0.4 million, or 14.7%, from the prior year quarter.

    Compared to the prior quarter, the decrease in non-interest income was primarily due to lower gains on other real estate owned.

    The increase in the current quarter compared to the prior year quarter was primarily due to an increase in earnings on bank owned life insurance partially offset by a decrease in the gains on sale of mortgage loans.

    Non-interest Expense

    Total non-interest expense for the first quarter 2025 was $12.5 million, a decrease of $0.4 million, or 3.3%, from the prior quarter, and a decrease of $0.1 million, or 0.6%, from the prior year quarter.

    The first quarter 2025 efficiency ratio was 66.64% compared to 68.48% and 70.78% for the prior quarter and prior year quarter, respectively. The improvement in the current quarter compared to the prior quarter was primarily due to higher net interest margin and lower non-interest expenses in the current quarter.

    Loans

    Loans held for investment increased $4.2 million, or 1.2% annualized, to $1.5 billion as of March 31, 2025 compared to December 31, 2024, and decreased $48.5 million, or 12.9% annualized, from March 31, 2024.

    Investments

    Investments increased $2.8 million, or 1.2%, to $226.6 million as of March 31, 2025 compared to December 31, 2024, and increased $36.8 million, or 19.4%, from March 31, 2024.

    Asset Quality

    Non-performing assets to total loans was 0.21% at March 31, 2025, compared to 0.29% and 0.69% at December 31, 2024 and March 31, 2024, respectively. Non-performing assets totaled $3.1 million at March 31, 2025, compared to $4.2 million and $10.5 million at December 31, 2024 and March 31, 2024, respectively. The decrease in non-performing assets in the current quarter compared to the prior year quarter was primarily the result of the prior year quarter including a significant commercial loan charge-off and the foreclosure and subsequent sale of two commercial real estate loans.

    In the first quarter 2025, the Company had net loan charge-offs of $0.02 million, or 0% of average loans, compared to net loan charge-offs of $0.04 million, or 0.01% of average loans, and $0.07 million, or 0.02% of average loans, in the prior quarter and prior year quarter, respectively.

    The Company released provision for credit losses of $0.3 million for the first quarter 2025 compared to providing a $0.3 million provision in the prior quarter, and a release of provision of $0.2 million for the prior year quarter.

    The allowance for credit losses at March 31, 2025 was $21.8 million, or 1.48% of outstanding loans, and 885.01% of non-performing loans. At December 31, 2024, the allowance for credit losses was $22.0 million, or 1.50% of outstanding loans, and 802.48% of non-performing loans. At March 31, 2024, the allowance for credit losses was $23.7 million, or 1.56% of outstanding loans, and 276.93% of non-performing loans. The allowance for credit losses represents management’s best estimate of expected losses inherent in the loan portfolio and is commensurate with risks in the loan portfolio as of March 31, 2025 as determined by management.

    Deposits

    Total deposits at March 31, 2025 were $1.5 billion, an increase of $10.7 million, or 2.8% annualized, from December 31, 2024, and an increase of $16.0 million, or 4.2% annualized, from March 31, 2024. The increase in deposits at March 31, 2025 as compared to March 31, 2024 was primarily a result of an increase in demand and savings deposits.

    Capital

    The Company maintains its “well capitalized” regulatory capital position. At March 31, 2025, capital ratios were as follows: total risk-based capital to risk-weighted assets 14.94%; tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets 13.69%; tier 1 leverage 11.64%; and common equity to assets 8.15%.

    Pursuant to the Company’s 2019 Repurchase Plan, management is given discretion to determine the number and pricing of the shares to be purchased under the plan, as well as the timing of any such purchases. The Company repurchased 15,856 common shares under the repurchase plan during the first quarter of 2025 at an average cost of $27.51 per share totaling $0.4 million. As of March 31, 2025, $3.5 million remains available for share repurchases pursuant to the plan.

    On April 30, 2025, the Company’s Board of Directors approved a quarterly cash dividend of $0.20 per common share, payable July 1, 2025 to shareholders of record at the close of business on June 15, 2025, which represents an increase of $0.01 per common share, or 5.3%, from the prior year quarter’s dividend.

    [Tables follow]

    FINANCIAL SUMMARY
    (unaudited)
    $000, except per share data

      Three Months Ended
      March 31,   December 31,   March 31,
    Statement of income information:   2025       2024     2024  
    Total interest income $ 23,458     $ 23,924   $ 24,052  
    Total interest expense   8,164       8,578     9,304  
    Net interest income   15,294       15,346     14,748  
    (Release of) provision for credit losses   (340 )     300     (230 )
    Non-interest income   3,463       3,522     3,019  
    Investment securities (losses) gains, net   (2 )     3      
    Non-interest expense   12,499       12,921     12,575  
    Pre-tax income   6,596       5,650     5,422  
    Income taxes   1,213       1,053     966  
    Net income $ 5,383     $ 4,597   $ 4,456  
    Earnings per share:          
    Basic: $ 0.77     $ 0.66   $ 0.63  
    Diluted: $ 0.77     $ 0.66   $ 0.63  


    FINANCIAL SUMMARY
    (continued)

    (unaudited)

    $000

      As of or for the three months ended
      March 31,   December 31,   March 31,
        2025       2024       2024  
    Performance Ratios          
    Return on average assets   1.20 %     1.00 %     0.97 %
    Return on average common equity   14.29 %     12.49 %     13.12 %
    Net interest margin (FTE)   3.67 %     3.55 %     3.39 %
    Efficiency ratio   66.64 %     68.48 %     70.78 %
               
    Asset Quality Ratios          
    Non-performing loans (a) $ 2,461     $ 2,747     $ 8,549  
    Non-performing assets $ 3,129     $ 4,193     $ 10,486  
    Net charge-offs $ 18     $ 43     $ 69  
    Net Charge-offs to Average Loans (b)   0.00 %     0.01 %     0.02 %
    Allowance for credit losses to total loans   1.48 %     1.50 %     1.56 %
    Non-performing loans to total loans   0.17 %     0.19 %     0.56 %
    Non-performing assets to loans   0.21 %     0.29 %     0.69 %
    Non-performing assets to total assets   0.17 %     0.23 %     0.57 %
    Allowance for credit losses on loans to          
    non-performing loans   885.01 %     802.48 %     276.93 %
               
    Capital Ratios          
    Average stockholders’ equity to average total assets   8.42 %     8.03 %     7.41 %
    Period-end stockholders’ equity to period-end assets   8.15 %     8.19 %     7.45 %
    Total risk-based capital ratio   14.94 %     14.79 %     13.92 %
    Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio   13.69 %     13.54 %     12.51 %
    Common equity Tier 1 capital   10.64 %     10.49 %     9.68 %
    Tier 1 leverage ratio   11.64 %     11.46 %     10.71 %

    (a) Non-performing loans include loans 90-days past due and accruing and non-accrual loans.
    (b) Annualized

    About Hawthorn Bancshares
    Hawthorn Bancshares, Inc., a financial-bank holding company headquartered in Jefferson City, Missouri, is the parent company of Hawthorn Bank, which has served families and businesses for more than 150 years. Hawthorn Bank has multiple locations, including in the greater Kansas City metropolitan area, Jefferson City, Columbia, Springfield, and Clinton.

    Contact:

    Hawthorn Bancshares, Inc.
    Brent M. Giles
    Chief Executive Officer
    TEL: 573.761.6100
    www.HawthornBancshares.com

    The financial results in this press release reflect preliminary, unaudited results, which are not final until the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q is filed. Statements made in this press release that suggest the Company’s or management’s intentions, hopes, beliefs, expectations, or predictions of the future include “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. It is important to note that actual results could differ materially from those projected in such forward-looking statements. Additional information concerning factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those projected in such forward-looking statements is contained from time to time in the Company’s quarterly and annual reports filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission. These forward-looking statements are made as of the date of this communication, and the Company disclaims any obligation to update any forward-looking statement or to publicly announce the results of any revisions to any of the forward-looking statements included herein, except as required by law.

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI: Admirals Group AS audited annual report 2024

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    Admirals Group AS audited annual report 2024

    Despite lower client activity, Admirals Group AS delivered resilient trading income and positive EBITDA through effective cost control measures.

    • The Group’s net trading income decreased by 6% to EUR 38.4 million (2023: EUR 40.9 million), being supported by higher volatility on the financial markets.

    • The Group’s total operating expenses decreased by 16% to EUR 42.4 million (2023: EUR 50.3 million) as a result of cost optimisation efforts.

    • EBITDA was EUR 0.9 million (2023: EUR -6.5 million).

    • Net loss was EUR -1.6 million (2023: EUR -9.7 million).

    Although the income was supported by higher volatility in financial markets, Group’s cost optimisation effort was partly muted due to voluntary suspension of new client registrations in the Cyprus based operating company Admirals Europe Ltd. This company acts as the primary service entity of the Group in the EU which is one of the core markets for the Group’s business. The suspension started in April 2024 is voluntary and temporary in nature and it was necessary to allow for the implementation of required technical and organisational measures to ensure satisfactory alignment of Group’s product governance efforts with objectives and needs of it’s European clients. Following the successful completion of these measures, the onboarding of new clients in the EU was resumed in March 2025.

    Statement of Financial Position

    (in thousands of euros) 31.12.2024 31.12.2023
    Assets    
    Cash and cash equivalents 41,607 41,025
    Due from investment companies 18,736 18,961
    Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss 1,228 5,062
    Loans and receivables 8,315 4,772
    Inventories 665 311
    Other assets 2,092 2,137
    Tangible fixed assets 1,359 1,950
    Right-of-use assets 2,541 2,603
    Intangible assets 3,304 5,147
    Total assets 79,847 81,968
         
    Liabilities    
    Financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss 334 224
    Liabilities and accruals 3,326 4,318
    Deferred tax liability 0 1
    Subordinated debt securities 4,103 4,102
    Lease liabilities 2,818 2,894
    Total liabilities 10,581 11,539
         
    Equity    
    Share capital 250 250
    Own shares -456 -315
    Statutory reserve capital 25 25
    Currency translation reserve 30 -834
    Retained earnings 69,417 71,276
    Total equity attributable to owners of the parent 69,266 70,402
    Non-controlling interest 0 27
    Total equity 69,266 70,429
    Total liabilities and equity 79,847 81,968

     Statement of Comprehensive Income

    (in thousands of euros) 2024 2023
    Net gains from trading of financial assets at fair value through profit or loss with clients and liquidity providers 40,653 46,276
    Brokerage and commission fee revenue 1,408 2,134
    Brokerage and commission fee expense -3,558 -5,118
    Other trading activity related income 489 412
    Other trading activity related expense -583 -2,768
    Net income from trading 38,409 40,936
    Other income similar to interest 947 171
    Interest income calculated using the effective interest method 424 900
    Interest expense -472 -496
    Other income 3,004 741
    Other expenses -233 -185
    Net losses on exchange rate changes -1,016 -984
    Profit / (loss) from financial assets at fair value through profit or loss -444 61
    Personnel expenses -13,394 -15,231
    Operating expenses -25,412 -31,875
    Depreciation of tangible and intangible assets -2,594 -2,310
    Depreciation of right-of-use assets -787 -837
    (Loss) before income tax -1,568 -9,109
    Income tax -24 -616
    (Loss) for the reporting period -1,592 -9,725
    Other comprehensive income / (loss):    
    Items that subsequently may be reclassified to profit or loss:    
    Currency translation adjustment 864 -165
    Total other comprehensive income / (loss) for the reporting period 864 -165
    Total comprehensive (loss) / income for the reporting period -728 -9,890
    Net (loss) attributable to the owners of the parent -1,592 -9,746
    Net profit attributable to non-controlling interest 0 21
    (Loss) for the reporting period -1,592 -9,725
    Total comprehensive (loss) attributable to the owners of the parent -728 -9,911
    Total comprehensive income attributable non- controlling interest 0 21
    Total comprehensive (loss) for the reporting period -728 -9,890
    Basic and diluted earnings per share -0.65 -3.95

    Additional information: 

    Lauri Reinberg 
    Chief financial officer of Admirals Group AS
    lauri.reinberg@admiralmarkets.com 
    +372 6309 300
    https://www.admirals.group/

    Attachments

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI: Hawthorn Bancshares Announces Increase in Cash Dividend

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    JEFFERSON CITY, Mo., April 30, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Hawthorn Bancshares, Inc. (NASDAQ: HWBK) announced today that its Board of Directors approved a quarterly cash dividend of $0.20 per common share, payable July 1, 2025 to shareholders of record at the close of business on June 15, 2025, which represents an increase of $0.01 per common share from the prior quarter’s dividend.

    About Hawthorn Bancshares, Inc.

    Hawthorn Bancshares, Inc., a financial-bank holding company headquartered in Jefferson City, Missouri, is the parent company of Hawthorn Bank, which has served families and businesses for more than 150 years. Hawthorn Bank has multiple locations, including in the greater Kansas City metropolitan area, Jefferson City, Columbia, Springfield, and Clinton.

    Contact:

    Hawthorn Bancshares, Inc.
    Brent M. Giles
    Chief Executive Officer
    TEL: 573.761.6100
    www.HawthornBancshares.com

    Statements made in this press release that suggest the Company’s or management’s intentions, hopes, beliefs, expectations, or predictions of the future include “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. It is important to note that actual results could differ materially from those projected in such forward-looking statements. Additional information concerning factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those projected in such forward-looking statements is contained from time to time in the Company’s quarterly and annual reports filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission. These forward-looking statements are made as of the date of this communication, and the Company disclaims any obligation to update any forward-looking statement or to publicly announce the results of any revisions to any of the forward-looking statements included herein, except as required by law.

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI: 3D Systems Announces Date of First Quarter 2025 Financial Results

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    ROCK HILL, S.C., April 30, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — 3D Systems (NYSE:DDD) announced today it will release its financial results for the first quarter 2025 after the U.S. stock markets close on Monday, May 12, 2025. The company will hold a conference call and simultaneous webcast to discuss these financial results on Tuesday, May 13, 2025 at 8:30 a.m. Eastern Time.

    First Quarter 2025 Financial Results Conference Call
    Date: Tuesday, May 13, 2025
    Time: 8:30 a.m. Eastern Time
    Listen via webcast: www.3dsystems.com/investor
    Participate via telephone: 201-689-8345

    The webcast replay will be available approximately two hours after the end of the conference call at www.3dsystems.com/investor.

    About 3D Systems

    More than 35 years ago, Chuck Hull’s curiosity and desire to improve the way products were designed and manufactured gave birth to 3D printing, 3D Systems, and the additive manufacturing industry. Since then, that same spark continues to ignite the 3D Systems team as we work side-by-side with our customers to change the way industries innovate. As a full-service solutions partner, we deliver industry-leading 3D printing technologies, materials and software to high-value markets such as medical and dental; aerospace, space and defense; transportation and motorsports; AI infrastructure; and durable goods. Each application-specific solution is powered by the expertise and passion of our employees who endeavor to achieve our shared goal of Transforming Manufacturing for a Better Future. More information on the company is available at www.3dsystems.com.

    Investor Contact:     investor.relations@3dsystems.com
    Media Contact:         press@3dsystems.com

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI: Enovix Announces First Quarter 2025 Financial Results

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    FREMONT, Calif., April 30, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Enovix Corporation (“Enovix”) (Nasdaq: ENVX), a global high-performance battery company, announced today financial results for the first quarter 2025, which included the summary below from its President and CEO, Dr. Raj Talluri.

    Fellow Shareholders,

    In the first quarter of 2025, Enovix advanced across critical milestones with our lead smartphone customer, keeping us on track for a customer product launch later this year. We also strengthened our leadership team, expanded our manufacturing footprint through a strategic acquisition in South Korea, and accelerated progress towards mass production readiness at Fab2 in Malaysia.

    Recent Highlights

    • Revenue Growth: Preliminary and unaudited first quarter revenue was $5.1 million, exceeding the midpoint of our guidance range. We also secured bookings on defense orders which support growth into the second half of 2025.
    • Smartphone Batteries: Began development of cells with the exact dimensions of the planned commercial product this year; first qualification deliveries are scheduled in Q2.
    • XR Batteries: Delivered a significantly larger quantity of XR battery samples to our lead customer for extended testing and system-level integration. These packs, assembled in our South Korea facility using custom cells from Fab2, will support the customer’s ongoing evaluation ahead of product qualification.
    • Manufacturing Readiness: Fab2 in Malaysia achieved ISO 9001:2015 certification with zero major or minor findings. Additionally, we concluded the first customer audits of both Fab2 in Malaysia and our South Korea facility.
    • Leadership Team: Appointed Ryan Benton as chief financial officer and promoted Samira Naraghi to chief business officer.
    • South Korea Acquisition: Acquired SolarEdge assets, including coating equipment that supports capacity expansion at Fab2 and adds production capacity for South Korean defense programs, reinforcing our presence in a key strategic market.
    • Capitalization: Ended Q1 with $248 million in cash, cash equivalents, and marketable securities (preliminary and unaudited), driven by disciplined expense management ahead of mass production in Malaysia, and positive contribution from defense sales.

    The north star for Enovix is commercialization of our breakthrough battery architecture, beginning with the launch of our first smartphone battery – an important step towards scaling the business to profitability. In parallel, like many global companies, we are actively monitoring changes in the global trade environment for any potential impacts to our operations and customers. At this time, we do not anticipate a material change in risk to our near-term outlook, as most of our planned sales are concentrated within Asia.

    We also see opportunities in the evolving global trade landscape. In April 2025, we acquired a second facility in South Korea for $10 million. The asset purchase from SolarEdge includes equipment for additional coating capacity at Fab2, as well as expanded production for Korean defense programs, reinforcing our presence in a key strategic market. The facility that we acquired from SolarEdge also offers significant room for expansion, which could provide strategic value as global supply chains continue to rapidly evolve.

    Our South Korea operations also help us with increased visibility on cutting-edge battery technology in conventional architectures. In 2024, we were among the battery manufacturers that deployed a technique called silicon doping where small amounts of silicon are added to graphite anodes which increases battery capacity. Based on our first-hand experience and feedback from our smartphone customers, we believe that our competition will be capped from achieving meaningful ED enhancements using this technique, within their current architecture, due to swelling and other trade-offs. Our internal benchmarking analysis of premium smartphone batteries launched in 2024 indicates that Enovix’s unique architecture with 100% active silicon will hold a material lead in ED, and we expect it will grow considerably with future generations.

    We are focused on the smartphone industry not only because we believe it offers the largest and fastest profitability outlook, but also because the technical requirements are so demanding that addressing this market opens opportunities in others. Smart eyewear emerged as an example in Q1 when we delivered our first customer samples. This quarter, we are accelerating our expansion in the handheld computer and scanner segment, where we’ve been engaged with a market leader in retail and logistics for several quarters, and our samples have passed initial testing. Recent tariff developments have further strengthened our position in this segment, prompting increased urgency and deeper collaboration.

    Business Update

    Manufacturing. Key accomplishments in the first quarter included securing ISO 9001:2015 certification, driving targeted yield improvements, and continuing to build cumulative production volume. We see a clear path to execute against our manufacturing roadmap. We localized the supply chain which led to a reduction of our custom cell tooling and switchover time by over 40%. This enhanced flexibility improves our per zone capacity as we scale toward additional lines. During this ramp process, we’ve maintained open engagement with customers and partners who visit the facility, as well as one OEM concluding their audit.

    Commercialization. The business team met our top objectives for the quarter – passing another milestone for our lead smartphone customer agreement, finalizing the chemistry, obtaining the precise smartphone cell dimensions, and commencing development of the final samples to be used in the qualification process this summer.  

    We continue to be actively engaged with other smartphone OEMs to ensure a rapid ramp once we are established in the market. Progress continues with our two marquee smart glasses customers, one of which received their unique battery samples this quarter, aligned with their product development schedules.

    In the electric vehicle space, we achieved key milestones that significantly improved the likelihood of expanding our commercial agreement with one of our two OEM partners later this year. Our partners remain highly committed to electrification. We also noted a major charge time improvement announced by a leading battery supplier in Asia, which we view as a strong validation of our cooling architecture – designed for scalable production and industry-leading performance, particularly in charge time and energy density.

    Products. Our internal benchmarking confirms that we are well-positioned to maintain technology leadership for the foreseeable future. The initial products slated for launch are built on our EX-1M technology node, with customer-specific customizations. While premium-category smartphones batteries improved energy density through silicon doping in 2024, we advanced our own electrochemistry with EX-2M – a foundational step that we believe will solidify our leadership position through 2026.

    To further extend this lead, we finalized the design specification of EX-3M, which incorporates a significant architectural enhancement projected to deliver more than a 30% capacity advantage compared to premium solutions available today. We anticipate a similar performance leap with the development of EX-4M.

    Q1 2025 Financial Highlights (Preliminary and Unaudited)

    Revenue was $5.1 million in the first quarter of 2025, near the high end of our guidance range and roughly flat year over year. As expected, revenue declined from $9.7 million in the fourth quarter of 2024 due to the seasonal buying cycle of South Korean defense customers who typically procure a majority of orders in the second half of the calendar year – a trend we expect to repeat in 2025. Our GAAP cost of revenue was $4.8 million, resulting in our second consecutive quarter of positive gross margin.

    GAAP operating expenses were $42.8 million in the first quarter of 2025, compared to $35.6 million in the fourth quarter of 2024 and $68.3 million in the first quarter of 2024, reflecting the impact of cost reduction initiatives implemented over the past year. Non-GAAP operating expenses were $29.7 million, up from $24.3 million in the previous quarter, reflecting preparation for mass production in Malaysia later this year, higher R&D depreciation from recent equipment additions, and increased SG&A expenses. Non-GAAP operating expenses for the first quarter of 2025, down significantly from $54.4 million in the first quarter of 2024, primarily reflecting the benefits of cost reduction initiatives implemented over the past year.

    GAAP net loss attributable to Enovix was $23.5 million in the first quarter of 2025, compared to $37.5 million in the previous quarter. As a reminder, GAAP net loss is impacted quarterly by changes in the fair value of common stock warrants, which resulted in a $15.8 million gain in the first quarter of 2025 compared to a $5.1 million expense in the fourth quarter of 2024.  

    Adjusted EBITDA loss was $22.2 million in the first quarter of 2025, compared to a loss of $14.3 million in the previous quarter. The sequential change was driven primarily by increased operating expenses, including the impact of additional hiring at sites in Asia.

    GAAP net loss per share attributable to Enovix was $0.12 and non-GAAP net loss per share attributable to Enovix was $0.15, compared to $0.20 on a GAAP basis and $0.11 on a non-GAAP basis in the fourth quarter of 2024.

    We exited the first quarter of 2025 with $248.2 million in cash, cash equivalents, and marketable securities, down from $272.9 million in the prior quarter primarily due to $16.9 million used in operating activities and $6.3 million in capital expenditures.

    A full reconciliation of our GAAP to non-GAAP results is available later in this report.

    Q2 2025 Financial Outlook

    Looking ahead, based upon current business trends and conditions, we expect for the second quarter of 2025:

    • Revenue in the range of $4.5 million to $6.5 million (Q1 2025: $5.1 million)
    • Non-GAAP operating loss1 in the range of $31 million to $37 million (Q1 2025: $29.4 million)
    • Adjusted EBITDA loss1 in the range of $23 million to $29 million (Q1 2025: $22.2 million)
    • Non-GAAP net loss1per share attributable to Enovix in the range of $0.15 to $0.21 (Q1 2025: $0.15)

    1 We are not presenting a quantitative reconciliation to the GAAP equivalents for non-GAAP operating loss, adjusted EBITDA loss and non-GAAP net loss per share attributable to Enovix, in reliance on the unreasonable efforts exception under Item 10(e)(1)(i)(B) of Regulation S-K. Further information is provided below under the heading “Non-GAAP Financial Measures.”

    Summary

    Enovix delivered strong operational progress during the first quarter of 2025, progressing Fab2 to an advanced stage of readiness for mass production. With product qualification activities underway with marquee customers, we are positioned to drive volume production, achieve key commercialization milestones, and build the foundation for expanded production scale in 2026. Our focus remains on disciplined execution as we transition to high-volume manufacturing and capitalize on the significant growth opportunities ahead.

    Conference Call Information

    Enovix will hold a video conference call at 2:00 PM PT / 5:00 PM ET today, April 30, 2025, to discuss the company’s business updates and financial results. To join the call, participants must use the following link to register: https://enovix-q1-2025.open-exchange.net/registration This link will also be available via the Investor Relations section of the Enovix website at https://ir.enovix.com. An archived version of the call will be available on the Enovix website for one year at https://ir.enovix.com.

    About Enovix

    Enovix is on a mission to deliver high-performance batteries that unlock the full potential of technology products. Everything from IoT, mobile, and computing devices, to vehicles and headsets, needs a better battery. The company has developed an innovative, materials-agnostic approach to building a higher performing battery without compromising safety, and it partners with OEMs worldwide to usher in a new era of user experiences.

    Enovix is headquartered in Silicon Valley with facilities in India, South Korea and Malaysia. For more information visit https://enovix.com and follow us on LinkedIn.

    Non-GAAP Financial Measures

    This shareholder letter includes the use of non-GAAP financial measures, which are intended to provide supplemental information regarding our performance. These non-GAAP measures include non-GAAP cost of revenue, non-GAAP gross profit, non-GAAP gross margin, non-GAAP research and development expense, non-GAAP selling, general and administrative expense, non-GAAP operating expenses, non-GAAP operating income (loss), EBITDA, adjusted EBITDA, non-GAAP net income (loss) attributable to Enovix shareholders, non-GAAP earnings (loss) per share, free cash flow, and other non-GAAP measures.

    We use these non-GAAP measures to supplement our financial reporting and to evaluate ongoing operations and results, facilitate internal planning and forecasting, and assess performance against prior periods, industry peers, and the broader market. These non-GAAP measures are not prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP) and should not be considered as an alternative to GAAP results. Industry peers and other companies may calculate similar non-GAAP measures differently. Non-GAAP financial measures have limitations, including but not limited to, that they exclude certain expenses that are required under GAAP, which adjustments reflect the exercise of judgment by management. We believe that these non-GAAP measures, when considered together with the GAAP results, provide investors with an additional understanding of our operating performance. Reconciliations of each non-GAAP financial measure to the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure can be found in the tables at the end of this shareholder letter.

    While Enovix provides second quarter 2025 guidance for non-GAAP operating loss, adjusted EBITDA loss and non-GAAP net loss per share attributable to Enovix, we are unable to provide without unreasonable effort a GAAP to non-GAAP reconciliation of these projected non-GAAP measures, and we have not provided a quantitative reconciliation in reliance on the unreasonable efforts exception under Item 10(e)(1)(i)(B) of Regulation S-K. Such reconciliation to the corresponding GAAP financial measure cannot be provided without unreasonable effort because of the inherent difficulty in accurately forecasting the occurrence and financial impact of the various adjustments that have not yet occurred, are out of our control, or cannot be reasonably predicted, including but not limited to change in fair value of common stock, stock-based compensation and related tax effects, acquisition-related costs, and restructuring costs. As a result, we are unable to assess the probable significance of the unavailable information, which could have a material impact on our future GAAP financial results.

    Forward-Looking Statements

    This letter to shareholders contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. Forward-looking statements relate to future events or our future financial or operating performance and are identified by words such as anticipate, believe, could, estimate, expect, intend, may, might, plan, possible, potential, predict, project, should, will, would and similar expressions.

    Forward-looking statements in this letter to shareholders include, but are not limited to, statements regarding: (a) our future operating results, financial position, growth opportunities and guidance, and our anticipation that changes in the global trade environment do not pose a material risk to our outlook; (b) our commercialization plans, strategy and product development roadmap, including the readiness, performance, timing, and customer qualification of EX-1M, EX-2M, EX-3M, EX-4M, and other battery nodes; (c) our manufacturing strategy, including scale-up and operational readiness, including at Fab2 in Malaysia, our assets and facility expansion in South Korea and the anticipated benefits of the SolarEdge asset purchase, and our ability to enhance per-zone capacity and reduce switching time between configurations; (d) our internal benchmarking of energy density and competitive positioning, including our ability to maintain and expand a performance lead over other silicon-doped or conventional battery architectures, and our beliefs about our competitors’ inability to achieve further energy density enhancements using these techniques due to swelling; (e) customer interest, qualification activities, and expected adoption of our products across smartphone, smart eyewear, AI-powered devices, XR, handheld computing, defense, drone, IoT, and EV segments; (f) our ability to enter into or expand commercial agreements, including strategic partnerships, design wins, production contracts, and potential expansion of agreements with automotive OEMs; (g) the strategic value and potential for expansion of our acquired South Korea facility, and its role in supporting defense programs and Fab2 capacity; (h) the impact of seasonal purchasing patterns, including defense procurement cycles; (i) the impacts of tariffs, trade policies, and regional market developments on our business strategy and demand outlook; (j) anticipated trends, risks, and opportunities across our addressable markets and the broader economic environment, including interest rates, inflation, currency fluctuations, and global supply chain evolution; (k) the timing and ability to raise additional capital through equity, debt, or other instruments to support operations, growth initiatives, or capital expenditures; (l) the impact of AI feature adoption on demand for energy-dense batteries; (m) the timing and expected success of achieving technical milestones, including audits by OEMs, production ramp-up readiness, and securing purchase orders; and (n) our exposure to and management of global trade risks.

    It is not possible for us to predict all risks, nor can we assess the impact of all factors on our business or the extent to which any factor, or combination of factors, may cause actual results to differ materially from those contained in any forward-looking statements we may make. Accordingly, you should not rely on any of the forward-looking statements. For additional information on these risks and uncertainties and other potential factors that could cause actual results to differ from the results predicted, please refer to our filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”), including in the “Risk Factors” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” sections of our annual report on Form 10-K and quarterly reports on Form 10-Q and other documents that we have filed, or will file, with the SEC. These documents are available in the SEC Filings section of the Investor Relations page at https://ir.enovix.com and at www.sec.gov.

    The financial results presented herein are preliminary and based on information known by management as of the date of this press release; final financial results will be included in the Company’s quarterly report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended March 30, 2025. Any forward-looking statements in this letter to shareholders speak only as of the date on which they are made. We undertake no obligation to update or revise any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise.

    Investor Contact:
    Enovix Corporation
    Robert Lahey
    Email: ir@enovix.com   

    Media Contact:
    Bateman Agency for Enovix
    Kaelyn Attridge
    Email: enovix@bateman.agency

    Enovix Corporation
    Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets
    (Unaudited) (In Thousands, Except Share and per Share Amounts)
           
      March 30,
    2025
      December 29,
    2024
    Assets      
    Current assets:      
    Cash and cash equivalents $ 189,874     $ 272,869  
    Short-term investments   58,281        
    Accounts receivable, net   2,897       4,566  
    Notes receivable, net   1,255       4  
    Inventory   10,483       7,664  
    Prepaid expenses and other current assets   7,382       9,903  
    Total current assets   270,172       295,006  
    Property and equipment, net   165,775       167,947  
    Customer relationship intangibles and other intangibles, net   35,205       36,394  
    Operating lease, right-of-use assets   12,921       13,479  
    Goodwill   12,217       12,217  
    Other assets, non-current   2,755       2,126  
    Total assets $ 499,045     $ 527,169  
    Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity      
    Current liabilities:      
    Accounts payable $ 20,610     $ 9,492  
    Accrued expenses   8,540       19,843  
    Accrued compensation   6,481       8,228  
    Short-term debt   10,367       9,452  
    Deferred revenue   6,630       3,650  
    Other liabilities   5,161       3,036  
    Total current liabilities   57,789       53,701  
    Long-term debt, net   169,185       169,820  
    Warrant liability   12,584       28,380  
    Operating lease liabilities, non-current   12,638       13,293  
    Deferred revenue, non-current   300       3,774  
    Deferred tax liability   8,751       8,784  
    Other liabilities, non-current   14       14  
    Total liabilities   261,261       277,766  
    Commitments and Contingencies      
    Stockholders’ equity:      
    Common stock, $0.0001 par value; authorized shares of 1,000,000,000; issued and outstanding shares of 191,715,117 and 190,559,335 as of March 30, 2025 and December 29, 2024, respectively   19       19  
    Additional paid-in-capital   1,079,904       1,067,951  
    Accumulated other comprehensive loss   (184 )     (143 )
    Accumulated deficit   (844,596 )     (821,086 )
    Total Enovix stockholders’ equity   235,143       246,741  
    Non-controlling interest   2,641       2,662  
    Total equity   237,784       249,403  
    Total liabilities and equity $ 499,045     $ 527,169  
                   
    Enovix Corporation
    Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations
    (Unaudited) (In Thousands, Except Share and per Share Amounts)
       
      Fiscal Quarters Ended
      March 30, 2025   March 31, 2024
    Revenue $ 5,098     $ 5,272  
    Cost of revenue   4,837       7,072  
    Gross profit   261       (1,800 )
    Operating expenses:      
    Research and development   25,929       48,788  
    Selling, general and administrative   16,892       19,548  
    Total operating expenses   42,821       68,336  
    Loss from operations   (42,560 )     (70,136 )
    Other income (expense):      
    Change in fair value of common stock warrants   15,796       21,120  
    Interest income   2,434       3,560  
    Interest expense   (1,716 )     (1,659 )
    Other income, net   2,353       466  
    Total other income, net   18,867       23,487  
    Loss before income tax benefit   (23,693 )     (46,649 )
    Income tax benefit   (162 )     (152 )
    Net loss   (23,531 )     (46,497 )
    Net loss attributable to non-controlling interests   (21 )     (129 )
    Net loss attributable to Enovix $ (23,510 )   $ (46,368 )
           
    Net loss per share attributable to Enovix shareholders, basic and diluted $ (0.12 )   $ (0.28 )
    Weighted average number of common shares outstanding, basic and diluted   191,304,975       168,144,918  
                   
    Enovix Corporation
    Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
    (Unaudited) (In Thousands)
       
      Fiscal Quarters Ended
      March 30, 2025   March 31, 2024
    Cash flows used in operating activities:      
    Net loss $ (23,531 )   $ (46,497 )
    Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities      
    Depreciation, accretion and amortization   8,448       24,974  
    Stock-based compensation   12,014       12,760  
    Changes in fair value of common stock warrants   (15,796 )     (21,120 )
    Others   479       173  
    Changes in operating assets and liabilities:      
    Accounts and notes receivables   430       505  
    Inventory   (2,826 )     2,202  
    Prepaid expenses and other assets   2,440       (1,809 )
    Accounts payable   4,420       (7,281 )
    Accrued expenses and compensation   (4,167 )     2,845  
    Deferred revenue   (457 )     (1,402 )
    Deferred tax liability   (33 )     (222 )
    Other liabilities   1,672       (172 )
    Net cash used in operating activities   (16,907 )     (35,044 )
    Cash flows from investing activities:      
    Purchase of property and equipment   (6,272 )     (15,088 )
    Payment of acquisition costs   (16 )      
    Purchases of investments   (58,083 )     (17,066 )
    Maturities of investments         51,260  
    Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities   (64,371 )     19,106  
    Cash flows from financing activities:      
    Proceeds from issuance of Convertible Senior Notes and loans         1,800  
    Payments of transaction costs related to common stock issuance   (512 )      
    Payroll tax payments for shares withheld upon vesting of RSUs   (1,761 )     (2,222 )
    Proceeds from the exercise of stock options and issuance of common stock under ATM, net of issuance costs   782       5,852  
    Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities   (1,491 )     5,430  
    Effect of exchange rate changes on cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash   (228 )     (541 )
    Change in cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash   (82,997 )     (11,049 )
    Cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash, beginning of period   274,691       235,123  
    Cash and cash equivalents, and restricted cash, end of period $ 191,694     $ 224,074  
           

    EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA Reconciliation

    Below we provide a reconciliation of GAAP net loss attributable to Enovix to EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA for the periods presented (preliminary and unaudited) (in thousands).

    We define EBITDA as net loss attributable to Enovix adjusted for interest expense, interest income, income tax benefit, and depreciation and amortization expense. Adjusted EBITDA is defined as EBITDA further adjusted for stock-based compensation expense, change in fair value of common stock warrants, inventory step-up, import duty forgiveness, impairment of equipment and other special items not indicative of our core operating performance, as determined by management.

    These non-GAAP measures may differ from similarly titled measures used by other companies.

      Fiscal Quarters Ended
      March 30, 2025   March 31, 2024
    Net loss attributable to Enovix $ (23,510 )   $ (46,368 )
    Interest income, net   (718 )     (1,901 )
    Income tax benefit   (162 )     (152 )
    Depreciation and amortization   8,448       24,974  
    EBITDA   (15,942 )     (23,447 )
    Stock-based compensation expense   12,014       12,760  
    Change in fair value of common stock warrants   (15,796 )     (21,120 )
    Inventory step-up         1,907  
    Import duty forgiveness   (2,431 )      
    Adjusted EBITDA $ (22,155 )   $ (29,900 )
                   

    Reconciliation of Operating Loss to Non-GAAP Operating Loss and Adjusted EBITDA

    Additionally, below is a reconciliation of GAAP operating loss to non-GAAP operating loss and adjusted EBITDA for the periods presented (preliminary and unaudited) (in thousands).

    These non-GAAP measures may differ from similarly titled measures used by other companies.

      Fiscal Quarters Ended
      March 30, 2025   March 31, 2024
           
    GAAP Operating Loss $ (42,560 )   $ (70,136 )
    Stock-based compensation expense   12,014       12,760  
    Amortization of intangible assets   1,190       1,172  
    Inventory step-up         1,907  
    Non-GAAP Operating Loss   (29,356 )     (54,297 )
    Depreciation and amortization (excluding amortization of intangible assets)   7,258       23,802  
    Other income (loss), net (excluding import duty forgiveness)   (78 )     466  
    Net loss attributable to non-controlling interest   21       129  
    Adjusted EBITDA $ (22,155 )   $ (29,900 )
                   

    Free Cash Flow Reconciliation

    We define Free Cash Flow as net cash used in operating activities less capital expenditures, net of proceeds from disposals of property and equipment, each as reported in our consolidated statements of cash flows. Free Cash Flow is a non-GAAP financial measure and should not be considered an alternative to cash flows from operating activities as determined in accordance with GAAP.

    We believe Free Cash Flow is a useful measure for investors because it provides insight into the cash generated or used by our operations after funding capital expenditures, and it helps assess our ability to pursue strategic growth initiatives. We use Free Cash Flow internally to evaluate performance, support decision-making, and measure our progress toward profitability and cash flow breakeven.

    This non-GAAP measure may differ from similarly titled measures used by other companies.

    Below is a reconciliation of net cash used in operating activities to the Free Cash Flow financial measure for the periods presented (preliminary and unaudited) (in thousands):

      Fiscal Quarters Ended
      March 30, 2025   March 31, 2024
    Net cash used in operating activities $         (16,907 )   $         (35,044 )
    Capital expenditures           (6,272 )             (15,088 )
    Free Cash Flow $         (23,179 )   $         (50,132 )
                   

    Other Non-GAAP Financial Measures Reconciliation
    (In Thousands, Except Share and per Share Amounts)

    These non-GAAP measures may differ from similarly titled measures used by other companies.

      Fiscal Quarters Ended
      March 30, 2025   March 31, 2024
    Revenue $ 5,098     $ 5,272  
           
    GAAP cost of revenue $ 4,837     $ 7,072  
    Stock-based compensation expense   (121 )      
    Inventory step-up         (1,907 )
    Non-GAAP cost of revenue $ 4,716     $ 5,165  
           
    GAAP gross profit $ 261     $ (1,800 )
    Stock-based compensation expense   121        
    Inventory step-up         1,907  
    Non-GAAP gross profit $ 382     $ 107  
           
    GAAP research and development (R&D) expense $ 25,929     $ 48,788  
    Stock-based compensation expense   (6,355 )     (6,554 )
    Amortization of intangible assets   (416 )     (416 )
    Non-GAAP R&D expense $ 19,158     $ 41,818  
           
    GAAP selling, general and administrative (SG&A) expense $ 16,892     $ 19,548  
    Stock-based compensation expense   (5,538 )     (6,206 )
    Amortization of intangible assets   (774 )     (756 )
    Non-GAAP SG&A expense $ 10,580     $ 12,586  
           
    GAAP operating expenses $ 42,821     $ 68,336  
    Stock-based compensation expense included in R&D expense   (6,355 )     (6,554 )
    Stock-based compensation expense included in SG&A expense   (5,538 )     (6,206 )
    Amortization of intangible assets   (1,190 )     (1,172 )
    Non-GAAP operating expenses $ 29,738     $ 54,404  
           
        Fiscal Quarters Ended
        March 30, 2025   March 31, 2024
    GAAP loss from operations   $ (42,560 )   $ (70,136 )
    Stock-based compensation expense     12,014       12,760  
    Amortization of intangible assets     1,190       1,172  
    Inventory step-up           1,907  
    Non-GAAP loss from operations   $ (29,356 )   $ (54,297 )
             
    GAAP net loss attributable to Enovix   $ (23,510 )   $ (46,368 )
    Stock-based compensation expense     12,014       12,760  
    Change in fair value of common stock warrants     (15,796 )     (21,120 )
    Amortization of intangible assets     1,190       1,172  
    Inventory step-up           1,907  
    Import duty forgiveness     (2,431 )      
    Non-GAAP net loss attributable to Enovix shareholders   $ (28,533 )   $ (51,649 )
             
    GAAP net loss per share attributable to Enovix, basic and diluted   $ (0.12 )   $ (0.28 )
    GAAP weighted average number of common shares outstanding, basic and diluted     191,304,975       168,144,918  
             
    Non-GAAP net loss per share attributable to Enovix, basic and diluted   $ (0.15 )   $ (0.31 )
    GAAP weighted average number of common shares outstanding, basic and diluted     191,304,975       168,144,918  
                     
        Fiscal Quarter Ended
        December 29,
    2024
    GAAP net loss attributable to Enovix   $         (37,465 )
    Stock-based compensation expense     10,207  
    Change in fair value of common stock warrants     5,115  
    Amortization of intangible assets     1,189  
    Non-GAAP net loss attributable to Enovix shareholders   $ (20,954 )
         
    GAAP net loss per share attributable to Enovix, basic and diluted   $ (0.20 )
    GAAP weighted average number of common shares outstanding, basic and diluted     184,971,942  
         
    Non-GAAP net loss per share attributable to Enovix, basic and diluted   $ (0.11 )
    GAAP weighted average number of common shares outstanding, basic and diluted     184,971,942  

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI: Climb Global Solutions Reports First Quarter 2025 Results

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    EATONTOWN, N.J., April 30, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Climb Global Solutions, Inc. (NASDAQ:CLMB) (“Climb” or the “Company”), a value-added global IT channel company providing unique sales and distribution solutions for innovative technology vendors, is reporting results for the first quarter ended March 31, 2025.

    First Quarter 2025 Summary vs. Same Year-Ago Quarter

    • Net sales increased 49% to $138.0 million.
    • Net income increased 35% to $3.7 million or $0.81 per diluted share.
    • Adjusted net income (a non-GAAP financial measure defined below) increased 39% to $3.9 million or $0.86 per diluted share.
    • Adjusted EBITDA (a non-GAAP financial measure defined below) increased 38% to $7.6 million.
    • Gross billings (a key operational metric defined below) increased 34% to $474.6 million. Distribution segment gross billings increased 36% to $453.6 million, and Solutions segment gross billings increased 2% to $21.0 million.

    Management Commentary

    “The momentum from our record 2024 has carried into the first quarter, leading to exceptional growth across all key financial metrics,” said CEO Dale Foster. “Our performance was driven by the execution of our core initiatives and the integration of Douglas Stewart Software & Services, LLC (“DSS”) into our operating platform. We drove organic growth in both the U.S. and Europe, demonstrating our ability to deepen relationships with existing partners while signing new, cutting-edge technologies to our line card across geographies.”

    “Looking ahead, we believe that we are well-positioned to continue driving organic growth and further improving operating leverage. While still early, we expect the implementation of our new ERP system to drive meaningful efficiencies across our global operations. We also plan to remain active with M&A as we evaluate accretive targets that can enhance our comprehensive offerings and expand our presence in both North America and overseas. These initiatives, coupled with our robust balance sheet, will enable us to continue executing on our goals and objectives.”

    Dividend

    Subsequent to quarter end, on April 28, 2025, Climb’s Board of Directors declared a quarterly dividend of $0.17 per share of its common stock payable on May 16, 2025, to shareholders of record on May 12, 2025.

    First Quarter 2025 Financial Results

    Net sales in the first quarter of 2025 increased 49% to $138.0 million compared to $92.4 million for the same period in 2024. This reflects organic growth from new and existing vendors, as well as contribution from the Company’s acquisition of DSS on July 31, 2024. In addition, gross billings in the first quarter of 2025 increased 34% to $474.6 million compared to $355.3 million in the year-ago period.

    Gross profit in the first quarter of 2025 increased 37% to $23.4 million compared to $17.0 million for the same period in 2024. The increase was driven by organic growth from new and existing vendors in both North America and Europe, as well as contribution from DSS.

    Selling, general, and administrative (“SG&A”) expenses in the first quarter of 2025 were $16.8 million compared to $12.5 million in the year-ago period. DSS represented $1.1 million of the increase. SG&A as a percentage of gross billings remained flat at 3.5% for the first quarter of 2025 compared to the year-ago period.

    Net income in the first quarter of 2025 increased 35% to $3.7 million or $0.81 per diluted share, compared to $2.7 million or $0.60 per diluted share for the same period in 2024. Adjusted net income increased 39% to $3.9 million or $0.86 per diluted share, compared to $2.8 million or $0.62 per diluted share for the year-ago period.

    Adjusted EBITDA in the first quarter of 2025 increased 38% to $7.6 million compared to $5.5 million for the same period in 2024. The increase was primarily driven by organic growth from both new and existing vendors, as well as contribution from the Company’s acquisition of DSS. Effective margin, which is defined as adjusted EBITDA as a percentage of gross profit, increased 20 basis points to 32.7% compared to 32.5% for the same period in 2024.

    On March 31, 2025, cash and cash equivalents were $32.5 million compared to $29.8 million on December 31, 2024, while working capital increased by $4.4 million during this period. The increase in cash was primarily attributed to the timing of receivable collections and payables. Climb had $0.6 million of outstanding debt on March 31, 2025, with no borrowings outstanding under its $50 million revolving credit facility.

    For more information on the non-GAAP financial measures discussed in this press release, please see the section titled, “Non-GAAP Financial Measures,” and the reconciliations of non-GAAP financial measures to their nearest comparable GAAP financial measures at the end of this press release.

    Conference Call

    The Company will conduct a conference call tomorrow, May 1, 2025, at 8:30 a.m. Eastern time to discuss its results for the first quarter ended March 31, 2025.

    Climb management will host the conference call, followed by a question-and-answer period.

    Date: Thursday, May 1, 2025
    Time: 8:30 a.m. Eastern time
    Toll-free dial-in number: (800) 267-6316
    International dial-in number: (203) 518-9783
    Conference ID: CLIMB
    Webcast: Climb’s Q1 2025 Conference Call

    If you have any difficulty registering or connecting with the conference call, please contact Elevate IR at (720) 330-2829.

    The conference call will also be available for replay on the investor relations section of the Company’s website at www.climbglobalsolutions.com.

    About Climb Global Solutions

    Climb Global Solutions, Inc. (NASDAQ:CLMB) is a value-added global IT distribution and solutions company specializing in emerging and innovative technologies. Climb operates across the U.S., Canada and Europe through multiple business units, including Climb Channel Solutions, Grey Matter and Climb Global Services. The Company provides IT distribution and solutions for companies in the Security, Data Management, Connectivity, Storage & HCI, Virtualization & Cloud, and Software & ALM industries.

    Additional information can be found by visiting www.climbglobalsolutions.com.

    Non-GAAP Financial Measures

    Climb Global Solutions uses non-GAAP financial measures, including adjusted net income and adjusted EBITDA, as supplemental measures of the performance of the Company’s business. Use of these financial measures has limitations, and you should not consider them in isolation or use them as substitutes for analysis of Climb’s financial results under generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”). The attached tables provide definitions of these measures and a reconciliation of each non-GAAP financial measure to the most nearly comparable measure under U.S. GAAP.

    Key Operational Metric

    Gross Billings

    Gross billings are the total dollar value of customer purchases of goods and services during the period, net of customer returns and credit memos, sales, or other taxes. Gross billings include the transaction values for certain sales transactions that are recognized on a net basis, and, therefore, includes amounts that will not be recognized as revenue. We use gross billings as an operational metric to assess the volume of transactions or market share for our business as well as to understand changes in our accounts receivable and accounts payable. We believe gross billings will aid investors in the same manner.

    Forward-Looking Statements

    The statements in this release, other than statements of historical fact, are “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), and are intended to come within the safe harbor protection provided by those sections. These forward-looking statements are subject to certain risks and uncertainties. Many of the forward-looking statements may be identified by words such as ”look forward,” “believes,” “expects,” “intends,” “anticipates,” “plans,” “estimates,” “projects,” “forecasts,” “should,” “could,” “would,” “will,” “confident,” “may,” “can,” “potential,” “possible,” “proposed,” “in process,” “under construction,” “in development,” “opportunity,” “target,” “outlook,” “maintain,” “continue,” “goal,” “aim,” “commit,” or similar expressions, or when we discuss our priorities, strategy, goals, vision, mission, opportunities, projections, intentions or expectations. In this press release, the forward-looking statements relate to, among other things, declaring and reaffirming our strategic goals, future operating results, and the effects and potential benefits of the strategic acquisition on our business. Factors, among others, that could cause actual results and events to differ materially from those described in any forward-looking statements include, without limitation, our ability to recognize the anticipated benefits of the acquisition of Douglas Stewart Software & Services, LLC, the continued acceptance of the Company’s distribution channel by vendors and customers, the timely availability and acceptance of new products, product mix, market conditions, competitive pricing pressures, the successful integration of acquisitions, contribution of key vendor relationships and support programs, inflation, import and export tariffs, interest rate risk and impact thereof, as well as factors that affect the software industry in general. The forward-looking statements contained herein are also subject generally to other risks and uncertainties that are described in the section entitled “Risk Factors” contained in Item 1A. of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2024, and from time to time in the Company’s filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

    Company Contact

    Matthew Sullivan
    Chief Financial Officer
    (732) 847-2451
    MatthewS@ClimbCS.com

    Investor Relations Contact

    Sean Mansouri, CFA or Aaron D’Souza
    Elevate IR
    (720) 330-2829
    CLMB@elevate-ir.com

             
    CLIMB GLOBAL SOLUTIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
    CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
    (Unaudited)
    (Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)
             
        March 31, 2025   December 31, 2024
             
    ASSETS
             
    Current assets        
    Cash and cash equivalents   $ 32,461     $ 29,778  
    Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $734 and $588, respectively     240,230       341,597  
    Inventory, net     2,328       2,447  
    Prepaid expenses and other current assets     6,144       6,874  
    Total current assets     281,163       380,696  
             
    Equipment and leasehold improvements, net     13,264       12,853  
    Goodwill     35,675       34,924  
    Other intangibles, net     35,904       36,550  
    Right-of-use assets, net     1,841       1,965  
    Accounts receivable long-term, net     1,183       1,174  
    Other assets     715       824  
    Deferred income tax assets     308       193  
             
    Total assets   $ 370,053     $ 469,179  
             
    LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
             
    Current liabilities        
    Accounts payable and accrued expenses   $ 266,452     $ 370,397  
    Lease liability, current portion     688       654  
    Term loan, current portion     566       560  
    Total current liabilities     267,706       371,611  
             
    Lease liability, net of current portion     1,502       1,685  
    Deferred income tax liabilities     4,862       4,723  
    Term loan, net of current portion     48       191  
    Non-current liabilities     381       381  
             
    Total liabilities     274,499       378,591  
             
             
    Stockholders’ equity        
    Common stock, $.01 par value; 10,000,000 shares authorized, 5,284,500 shares issued, and 4,584,055 and 4,601,302 shares outstanding, respectively     53       53  
    Additional paid-in capital     39,532       37,977  
    Treasury stock, at cost, 700,445 and 683,198 shares, respectively     (14,397 )     (13,337 )
    Retained earnings     71,705       68,787  
    Accumulated other comprehensive loss     (1,339 )     (2,892 )
    Total stockholders’ equity     95,554       90,588  
    Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity   $ 370,053     $ 469,179  
    CLIMB GLOBAL SOLUTIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
    CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF EARNINGS
    (Unaudited)
    (Amounts in thousands, except per share data)
             
        Three months ended
        March 31,
          2025       2024  
             
    Net Sales   $ 138,044     $ 92,422  
             
    Cost of sales     114,648       75,402  
             
    Gross profit     23,396       17,020  
             
             
    Selling, general and administrative expenses     16,755       12,523  
    Depreciation & amortization expense     1,737       871  
    Acquisition related costs     126       123  
    Total selling, general and administrative expenses     18,618       13,517  
             
    Income from operations     4,778       3,503  
             
    Interest, net     186       203  
    Foreign currency transaction loss     (580 )     (85 )
    Change in fair value of acquisition contingent consideration   (136 )      
    Income before provision for income taxes     4,248       3,621  
    Provision for income taxes     564       890  
             
    Net income   $ 3,684     $ 2,731  
             
    Income per common share – Basic   $ 0.81     $ 0.60  
    Income per common share – Diluted   $ 0.81     $ 0.60  
             
    Weighted average common shares outstanding – Basic     4,497       4,438  
    Weighted average common shares outstanding – Diluted     4,497       4,438  
             
    Dividends paid per common share   $ 0.17     $ 0.17  
             
             
    Reconciliation of GAAP and Non-GAAP Financial Measures (unaudited)
    (Amounts in thousands, except per share data)
             
    The table below presents net income reconciled to adjusted EBITDA (Non-GAAP) (1):
             
        Three months ended
        March 31,   March 31,
          2025       2024  
             
    Net income   $ 3,684     $ 2,731  
    Provision for income taxes     564       890  
    Depreciation and amortization     1,737       871  
    Interest expense     69       101  
    EBITDA     6,054       4,593  
    Share-based compensation     1,323       822  
    Acquisition related costs     126       123  
    Change in fair value of acquisition contingent consideration   136        
    Adjusted EBITDA   $ 7,639     $ 5,538  
             
             
        Three months ended
        March 31,   March 31,
    Components of interest, net     2025       2024  
             
    Amortization of discount on accounts receivable with extended payment terms   $ (12 )   $ (6 )
    Interest income     (243 )     (298 )
    Interest expense     69       101  
    Interest, net   $ (186 )   $ (203 )


    (1) We define adjusted EBITDA, as net income, plus provision for income taxes, depreciation, amortization, share-based compensation, interest, acquisition related costs and change in fair value of acquisition contingent consideration. We define effective margin as adjusted EBITDA as a percentage of gross profit. We provided a reconciliation of adjusted EBITDA to net income, which is the most directly comparable US GAAP measure. We use adjusted EBITDA as a supplemental measure of our performance to gain insight into our businesses profitability, operating performance and performance trends, and to provide management and investors a useful measure for period-to-period comparisons by excluding items that management believes are not reflective of our underlying operating performance. Accordingly, we believe that Adjusted EBITDA provides useful information to investors and others in understanding and evaluating our operating results. Adjusted EBITDA is also a component to our financial covenants in our credit facility. Our use of adjusted EBITDA has limitations, and you should not consider it in isolation or as a substitute for analysis of our financial results as reported under US GAAP. In addition, other companies, including companies in our industry, might calculate adjusted EBITDA, or similarly titled measures differently, which may reduce their usefulness as comparative measures.

    The table below presents net income reconciled to adjusted net income (Non-GAAP) (2):
             
        Three months ended
        March 31,   March 31,
          2025       2024  
             
    Net income   $ 3,684     $ 2,731  
    Acquisition related costs, net of income taxes     95       92  
    Change in fair value of acquisition contingent consideration   136        
    Adjusted net income   $ 3,915     $ 2,823  
             
    Adjusted net income per common share – diluted   $ 0.86     $ 0.62  


    (2) We define adjusted net income as net income excluding acquisition related costs, net of income taxes and the change in fair value of acquisition contingent consideration. We provided a reconciliation of adjusted net income to net income, which is the most directly comparable U.S. GAAP measure. We use adjusted net income and adjusted net income per common share as supplemental measures of our performance to gain insight into our businesses profitability, operating performance and performance trends, and to provide management and investors a useful measure for period-to-period comparisons by excluding items that management believes are not reflective of our underlying operating performance. Accordingly, we believe that adjusted net income and adjust net income per common share provide useful information to investors and others in understanding and evaluating our operating results. Our use of adjusted net income has limitations, and you should not consider it in isolation or as a substitute for analysis of our financial results as reported under U.S. GAAP. In addition, other companies, including companies in our industry, might calculate adjusted net income, or similarly titled measures differently, which may reduce their usefulness as comparative measures.

    The table below presents the operational metric of gross billings by segment (3):
             
        Three months ended
        March 31,   March 31,
          2025       2024  
             
    Distribution gross billings   $ 453,575     $ 334,636  
    Solutions gross billings     21,021       20,632  
    Total gross billings   $ 474,596     $ 355,268  


    (3) Gross billings are the total dollar value of customer purchases of goods and services during the period, net of customer returns and credit memos, sales, or other taxes. Gross billings include the transaction values for certain sales transactions that are recognized on a net basis, and, therefore, include amounts that will not be recognized as revenue. We use gross billings as an operational metric to assess the volume of transactions or market share for our business as well as to understand changes in our accounts receivable and accounts payable. We believe gross billings will aid investors in the same manner.

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI: Cipher Mining Announces Date of First Quarter 2025 Business Update Conference Call

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    NEW YORK, April 30, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) —  Cipher Mining Inc. (NASDAQ: CIFR) (“Cipher” or the “Company”) today announced it will provide a business update and release its first quarter 2025 financial results before U.S. markets open on Tuesday, May 6, 2025. Cipher will host a conference call and webcast that day at 8:00 a.m. Eastern Time.

    The live webcast and a webcast replay of the conference call can be accessed from the investor relations section of Cipher’s website at https://investors.ciphermining.com. To access this conference call by telephone, register here to receive dial-in numbers and a unique PIN to join the call.

    About Cipher
    Cipher is focused on the development and operation of industrial-scale data centers for bitcoin mining and HPC hosting. Cipher aims to be a market leader in innovation, including in bitcoin mining growth, data center construction and as a hosting partner to the world’s largest HPC companies. To learn more about Cipher, please visit https://www.ciphermining.com/.

    Contacts:
    Investor Contact: 
    Courtney Knight
    Head of Investor Relations at Cipher Mining
    Courtney.knight@ciphermining.com

    Media Contact:
    Ryan Dicovitsky / Kendal Till
    Dukas Linden Public Relations
    CipherMining@DLPR.com

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI: Robinhood Reports First Quarter 2025 Results

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    Revenues up 50% year-over-year to $927 million 
    Net Deposits grow to a record $18.0 billion, and Robinhood Gold Subscribers reached a record 3.2 million 
    Net Income up 114% year-over-year to $336 million 
    Diluted EPS up 106% year-over-year to $0.37 
    Board of directors increases share repurchase authorization by $500 million to $1.5 billion

    MENLO PARK, Calif., April 30, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Robinhood Markets, Inc. (“Robinhood”) (NASDAQ: HOOD) today announced financial results for the first quarter of 2025, which ended March 31, 2025.

    “This quarter, we significantly accelerated product innovation across our key initiatives, highlighted by the announcement of Robinhood Strategies, Banking, and Cortex,” said Vlad Tenev, Chair and CEO of Robinhood. “Customers have clearly responded — demonstrated by record-breaking net deposits, Robinhood Gold subscriptions, and options volume, as well as robust year-over-year growth in trading across all asset classes.”

    “We started the year off strong, driving market share gains, closing the acquisition of TradePMR, and remaining disciplined on expenses,” said Jason Warnick, Chief Financial Officer of Robinhood. “As a result, in Q1 we grew revenues by 50 percent year-over-year and EPS by over 100 percent. It’s also great to see strong customer engagement to start Q2. Additionally, we continue to return capital to shareholders and increased our share repurchase authorization by $500 million to $1.5 billion, reflecting management and the board’s confidence in our financial strength and future growth prospects.”

    First Quarter Results

    • Total net revenues increased 50% year-over-year to $927 million.
      • Transaction-based revenues increased 77% year-over-year to $583 million, primarily driven by cryptocurrencies revenue of $252 million, up 100%, options revenue of $240 million, up 56%, and equities revenue of $56 million, up 44%.
      • Net interest revenues increased 14% year-over-year to $290 million, primarily driven by growth in interest-earning assets and securities lending activity, partially offset by lower short-term interest rates.
      • Other revenues increased 54% year-over-year to $54 million, primarily due to increased Robinhood Gold subscribers.
    • Net income increased 114% year-over-year to $336 million.
    • Diluted earnings per share (EPS) increased 106% year-over-year to $0.37.
    • Total operating expenses increased 21% year-over-year to $557 million.
      • Adjusted Operating Expenses and Share-Based Compensation (SBC) (non-GAAP) increased 16% year-over-year to $533 million, which includes costs related to TradePMR.
    • Adjusted EBITDA (non-GAAP) increased 90% year-over-year to $470 million.
    • Funded Customers increased by 1.9 million, or 8%, year-over-year to 25.8 million.
      • Investment Accounts increased by 2.6 million, or 11%, year-over-year to 27.0 million.
    • Total Platform Assets1 increased 70% year-over-year to $221 billion, primarily driven by continued Net Deposits and the acquisition of TradePMR.
    • Net Deposits were $18.0 billion, an annualized growth rate of 37% relative to Total Platform Assets at the end of Q4 2024. Over the past twelve months, Net Deposits were $57.3 billion, a growth rate of 44% relative to Total Platform Assets at the end of Q1 2024.
    • Average Revenue Per User (ARPU) increased 39% year-over-year to $145.
    • Robinhood Gold Subscribers increased by 1.5 million, or 90%, year-over-year to 3.2 million.
    • Cash and cash equivalents totaled $4.4 billion compared with $4.7 billion at the end of Q1 2024.
    • Share repurchases were $322 million, representing 7.2 million shares of our Class A common stock at an average price per share of $44.87. This more than offset the 2.0 million shares of Class A common stock issued in connection with the acquisition of TradePMR.

    __________________________________

    1 Total Platform Assets include $180 billion of Assets Under Custody and $41 billion of assets managed by Registered Investment Advisors (“RIAs”) using TradePMR’s platform that are not custodied by Robinhood. Refer to Key Performance Metrics for more detail.

    Highlights

    Robinhood executes on strategy with robust product velocity in Q1, releasing cutting-edge products for customers, with more in the pipeline

    • Enhanced Products for Active Traders – Robinhood continues to roll out advanced capabilities and tools for active traders aimed at making trading faster, clearer, and more intuitive. The desktop trading platform, Robinhood Legend, now features increased speed, support for index options and crypto, and new indicators and charts. In March, Robinhood expanded its prediction markets offering by launching a hub and giving customers the opportunity to trade on the outcomes of some of the world’s biggest events. Over the last six months customers have traded more than 1 billion event contracts.
    • Increasing Wallet Share by Serving the Entirety of Customers’ Financial Needs – During its second annual Gold keynote event in March, Robinhood unveiled new advisory, banking, and AI offerings: Robinhood Strategies, Robinhood Banking, and Robinhood Cortex. With plans to roll out to all customers in the coming weeks, Robinhood Strategies is already serving more than 40 thousand customers and managing more than $100 million in customer assets as of April 25, 2025. In February, Robinhood also closed its acquisition of TradePMR, an RIA custodial platform, with approximately $41 billion in assets managed by RIAs as of March 31, 2025.
    • Building a Global Financial Ecosystem – Robinhood continues to make progress internationally, with over 150 thousand customers across the UK and EU. The acquisition of globally-scaled cryptocurrency exchange Bitstamp Ltd. is on track to close in the middle of this year, subject to customary closing conditions.
    • Robinhood Board of Directors Authorizes Additional $500 million in Share Repurchases – Following the authorization of a $1 billion share repurchase program announced in May 2024, the Robinhood board of directors has authorized an additional $500 million, bringing the program total to $1.5 billion. Through April 25, 2025, 20 million shares of Class A common stock have been repurchased at an average price of $33.40, representing a total $667 million. The remaining authorization now totals approximately $833 million which management expects to execute over the next roughly two years, with flexibility to accelerate if market conditions warrant.

    Additional Q1 2025 Operating Data

    • Robinhood Retirement AUC increased over 200% year-over-year to a record $14.4 billion.
    • Cash Sweep increased 48% year-over-year to a record $28.2 billion.
    • Margin Book increased 115% year-over-year to a record $8.8 billion.
    • Equity Notional Trading Volumes increased 84% year-over-year to $413 billion.
    • Options Contracts Traded increased 46% year-over-year to a record 500 million.
    • Crypto Notional Trading Volumes increased over 28% year-over-year to $46 billion.

    Conference Call and Livestream Information

    Robinhood will host a video call to discuss its results at 2 p.m. PT / 5 p.m. ET today, April 30, 2025. The video call can be accessed at investors.robinhood.com, along with the earnings press release and accompanying slide presentation. The event will also be live streamed to YouTube and X.com via Robinhood’s official channels, @RobinhoodApp.

    Following the call, a replay and transcript will also be available at investors.robinhood.com.

    Financial Outlook

    The paragraph below provides information on our 2025 expense plan and outlook. We are not providing a 2025 outlook for total operating expenses and have not reconciled our 2025 outlook for Adjusted Operating Expenses and SBC to the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure, total operating expenses, because we are unable to predict with reasonable certainty the impact of certain items without unreasonable effort. These items include, but are not limited to, provision for credit losses and significant regulatory expenses which may be material and could have a significant impact on total operating expenses for 2025.

    Our 2025 expense plan includes growth investments in new products, features, and international expansion while also getting more efficient in our existing businesses. Our initial outlook for combined Adjusted Operating Expenses and SBC for full-year 2025 provided at Q4 2024 Earnings (February 12, 2025) was $2.0 billion to $2.1 billion, which did not include expenses related to our acquisition of TradePMR. As a result of the acquisition closing in the first quarter, we are updating our outlook to $2.085 billion to $2.185 billion to include $85 million of anticipated costs related to TradePMR. This expense outlook does not include provision for credit losses, costs related to our pending acquisition of Bitstamp, potential significant regulatory matters, or other significant expenses (such as impairments, restructuring charges, and other business acquisition- or disposition-related expenses) that may arise or accruals we may determine in the future are required, as we are unable to accurately predict the size or timing of such matters, expenses or accruals at this time.

    Actual results might differ materially from our outlook due to several factors, including the rate of growth in Funded Customers and our effectiveness to cross-sell products which affects variable marketing costs, the degree to which we are successful in managing credit losses and preventing fraud, and our ability to manage web-hosting expenses efficiently, among other factors. See “Non-GAAP Financial Measures” for more information on Adjusted Operating Expenses and SBC, including significant items that we believe are not indicative of our ongoing expenses that would be adjusted out of total operating expenses (GAAP) to get to Adjusted Operating Expenses and SBC (non-GAAP) should they occur.

    About Robinhood

    Robinhood Markets, Inc. (NASDAQ: HOOD) transformed financial services by introducing commission-free stock trading and democratizing access to the markets for millions of investors. Today, Robinhood lets you trade stocks, options, futures (which includes options on futures, swaps, and event contracts), and crypto, invest for retirement, and earn with Robinhood Gold. Headquartered in Menlo Park, California, Robinhood puts customers in the driver’s seat, delivering unprecedented value and products intentionally designed for a new generation of investors. Additional information about Robinhood can be found at www.robinhood.com.

    Robinhood uses the “Overview” tab of its Investor Relations website (accessible at investors.robinhood.com/overview) and its Newsroom (accessible at newsroom.aboutrobinhood.com), as means of disclosing information to the public in a broad, non-exclusionary manner for purposes of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission’s (“SEC”) Regulation Fair Disclosure (Reg. FD). Investors should routinely monitor those web pages, in addition to Robinhood’s press releases, SEC filings, and public conference calls and webcasts, as information posted on them could be deemed to be material information.

    “Robinhood” and the Robinhood feather logo are registered trademarks of Robinhood Markets, Inc. All other names are trademarks and/or registered trademarks of their respective owners.

    Contacts

    Investors:
    ir@robinhood.com
    Press:
    press@robinhood.com
       
    ROBINHOOD MARKETS, INC.
    CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
    (Unaudited)  
     
     
      December 31,   March 31,
    (in millions, except share and per share data) 2024   2025
    Assets      
    Current assets:      
    Cash and cash equivalents $ 4,332     $ 4,416  
    Cash, cash equivalents, and securities segregated under federal and other regulations   4,724       4,442  
    Receivables from brokers, dealers, and clearing organizations   471       267  
    Receivables from users, net   8,239       9,167  
    Securities borrowed   3,236       4,114  
    Deposits with clearing organizations   489       641  
    User-held fractional shares   2,530       2,531  
    Held-to-maturity investments   398       192  
    Prepaid expenses   75       89  
    Deferred customer match incentives   100       113  
    Other current assets   509       243  
    Total current assets   25,103       26,215  
    Property, software, and equipment, net   139       140  
    Goodwill   179       292  
    Intangible assets, net   38       109  
    Non-current deferred customer match incentives   195       238  
    Other non-current assets, including non-current prepaid expenses of $17 as of December 31, 2024 and March 31, 2025   533       523  
    Total assets $ 26,187     $ 27,517  
    Liabilities and stockholders’ equity      
    Current liabilities:      
    Accounts payable and accrued expenses $ 397     $ 319  
    Payables to users   7,448       7,116  
    Securities loaned   7,463       9,098  
    Fractional shares repurchase obligation   2,530       2,531  
    Other current liabilities   266       367  
    Total current liabilities   18,104       19,431  
    Other non-current liabilities   111       133  
    Total liabilities   18,215       19,564  
    Commitments and contingencies      
    Stockholders’ equity:      
    Preferred stock, $0.0001 par value. 210,000,000 shares authorized, no shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2024 and March 31, 2025.          
    Class A common stock, $0.0001 par value. 21,000,000,000 shares authorized, 764,903,997 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2024; 21,000,000,000 shares authorized, 767,854,773 shares issued and outstanding as of March 31, 2025.          
    Class B common stock, $0.0001 par value. 700,000,000 shares authorized, 119,588,986 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2024; 700,000,000 shares authorized, 116,720,012 shares issued and outstanding as of March 31, 2025.          
    Class C common stock, $0.0001 par value. 7,000,000,000 shares authorized, no shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2024 and March 31, 2025.          
    Additional paid-in capital   12,008       11,652  
    Accumulated other comprehensive loss   (1 )      
    Accumulated deficit   (4,035 )     (3,699 )
    Total stockholders’ equity   7,972       7,953  
    Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity $ 26,187     $ 27,517  
                   
    ROBINHOOD MARKETS, INC.
    CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
    (Unaudited)
     
      Three Months Ended 
    March 31,
            Three Months Ended
    December 31,
         
    (in millions, except share, per share, and percentage data) 2024   2025   YOY%
    Change
      2024   QOQ%
    Change
    Revenues:                  
    Transaction-based revenues $ 329   $ 583   77 %   $ 672     (13 )%
    Net interest revenues   254     290   14 %     296     (2 )%
    Other revenues   35     54   54 %     46     17 %
    Total net revenues   618     927   50 %     1,014     (9 )%
                       
    Operating expenses(1)(2):                  
    Brokerage and transaction   35     50   43 %     50     %
    Technology and development   196     214   9 %     208     3 %
    Operations   28     31   11 %     29     7 %
    Provision for credit losses   16     24   50 %     19     26 %
    Marketing   67     105   57 %     82     28 %
    General and administrative   118     133   13 %     70     90 %
    Total operating expenses   460     557   21 %     458     22 %
                       
    Other income, net   4     1   (75 )%     2     (50 )%
    Income before income taxes   162     371   129 %     558     (34 )%
    Provision for (benefit from) income taxes   5     35   600 %     (358 )   NM  
    Net income $ 157   $ 336   114 %   $ 916     (63 )%
    Net income attributable to common stockholders:                  
    Basic $ 157   $ 336       $ 916      
    Diluted $ 157   $ 336       $ 916      
    Net income per share attributable to common stockholders:                  
    Basic $ 0.18   $ 0.38       $ 1.04      
    Diluted $ 0.18   $ 0.37       $ 1.01      
    Weighted-average shares used to compute net income per share attributable to common stockholders:                  
    Basic   875,319,407     884,577,603         883,884,676      
    Diluted   895,779,155     909,241,619         907,767,796      
                               

    ROBINHOOD MARKETS, INC. 
    CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS 
    (Unaudited)

    ________________
    (1)      The following table presents operating expenses as a percent of total net revenues:

      Three Months Ended 
    March 31,
      Three Months
    Ended
    December 31,
      2024   2025   2024
    Brokerage and transaction 5 %   6 %   5 %
    Technology and development 32 %   23 %   20 %
    Operations 5 %   3 %   3 %
    Provision for credit losses 2 %   3 %   2 %
    Marketing 11 %   11 %   8 %
    General and administrative 19 %   14 %   7 %
    Total operating expenses 74 %   60 %   45 %
                     

    (2)      The following table presents the SBC on our unaudited condensed consolidated statements of operations for the periods indicated:

      Three Months Ended 
    March 31,
      Three Months
    Ended
    December 31,
    (in millions) 2024   2025   2024
    Brokerage and transaction $ 2   $ 2   $ 2
    Technology and development   44     44     48
    Operations   2     1     2
    Marketing   2     2     2
    General and administrative   12     24     23
    Total SBC $ 62   $ 73   $ 77
                     
    ROBINHOOD MARKETS, INC.
    CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
    (Unaudited)
     
      Three Months Ended
    March 31,
    (in millions) 2024   2025
    Operating activities:      
    Net income $ 157     $ 336  
    Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:      
    Depreciation and amortization   17       20  
    Provision for credit losses   16       24  
    Share-based compensation   62       73  
    Other         4  
    Changes in operating assets and liabilities:      
    Securities segregated under federal and other regulations   (692 )     397  
    Receivables from brokers, dealers, and clearing organizations   (118 )     206  
    Receivables from users, net   (796 )     (911 )
    Securities borrowed   (505 )     (878 )
    Deposits with clearing organizations   (247 )     (152 )
    Current and non-current prepaid expenses         (13 )
    Current and non-current deferred customer match incentives   (74 )     (56 )
    Other current and non-current assets   (83 )     351  
    Accounts payable and accrued expenses   (46 )     (124 )
    Payables to users   977       (332 )
    Securities loaned   668       1,635  
    Other current and non-current liabilities   41       62  
    Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities   (623 )     642  
    Investing activities:      
    Purchases of property, software, and equipment   (2 )     (2 )
    Capitalization of internally developed software   (7 )     (9 )
    Business acquisition, net of cash and cash equivalents acquired         (150 )
    Purchases of held-to-maturity investments   (171 )      
    Proceeds from maturities of held-to-maturity investments   154       208  
    Purchases of credit card receivables by Credit Card Funding Trust   (29 )     (549 )
    Collections of purchased credit card receivables   11       511  
    Asset acquisition, net of cash acquired   (3 )      
    Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities   (47 )     9  
    Financing activities:      
    Proceeds from exercise of stock options   4       7  
    Taxes paid related to net share settlement of equity awards   (40 )     (120 )
    Repurchase of Class A common stock         (322 )
    Borrowings by the Credit Card Funding Trust   17       24  
    Change in principal collected from customers due to Coastal Bank   3       10  
    Payments of debt issuance costs   (14 )     (16 )
    Net cash used in financing activities   (30 )     (417 )
    Effect of foreign exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents         1  
    Net increase (decrease) in cash, cash equivalents, segregated cash, and restricted cash   (700 )     235  
    Cash, cash equivalents, segregated cash, and restricted cash, beginning of the period   9,346       8,695  
    Cash, cash equivalents, segregated cash, and restricted cash, end of the period $ 8,646     $ 8,930  
    Reconciliation of cash, cash equivalents, segregated cash and restricted cash, end of the period:
    Cash and cash equivalents, end of the period $ 4,717     $ 4,416  
    Segregated cash and cash equivalents, end of the period   3,829       4,442  
    Restricted cash in other current assets, end of the period   83       54  
    Restricted cash in other non-current assets, end of the period   17       18  
    Cash, cash equivalents, segregated cash and restricted cash, end of the period $ 8,646     $ 8,930  
    Supplemental disclosures:      
    Cash paid for interest $ 7     $ 9  
    Cash paid for income taxes, net of refund received $ 2     $ 29  
                   
    Reconciliation of GAAP to Non-GAAP Results
    (Unaudited)
     
      Three Months Ended 
    March 31,
      Three Months
    Ended 
    December 31,
    (in millions, except for percentage data) 2024   2025   2024
    Net income $ 157     $ 336     $ 916  
    Net margin   25 %     36 %     90 %
    Add:          
    Interest expenses related to credit facilities   6       6       6  
    Provision for (benefit from) income taxes   5       35       (358 )
    Depreciation and amortization   17       20       22  
    EBITDA (non-GAAP)   185       397       586  
    Add:          
    SBC   62       73       77  
    Significant legal and tax settlements and reserves(1)               (50 )
    Adjusted EBITDA (non-GAAP) $ 247     $ 470     $ 613  
    Adjusted EBITDA margin (non-GAAP)   40 %     51 %     60 %
                           
      Three Months Ended
    March 31,
      Three Months
    Ended
    December 31,
    (in millions) 2024   2025   2024
    Total operating expenses (GAAP) $ 460   $ 557   $ 458  
    Less:          
    SBC   62     73     77  
    Provision for credit losses(2)       24      
    Significant legal and tax settlements and reserves(1)           (50 )
    Adjusted Operating Expenses (Non-GAAP) $ 398   $ 460   $ 431  
                       
      Three Months Ended
    March 31,
      Three Months
    Ended
    December 31,
    (in millions) 2024   2025   2024
    Total operating expenses (GAAP) $ 460   $ 557   $ 458  
    Less:          
    SBC   62     73     77  
    Provision for credit losses(2)       24      
    Significant legal and tax settlements and reserves(1)           (50 )
    Adjusted Operating Expenses (Non-GAAP)   398     460     431  
    Add:          
    SBC   62     73     77  
    Adjusted Operating Expenses and SBC (Non-GAAP) $ 460   $ 533     508  
                       

    ________________

    (1) Amounts for the three months ended December 31, 2024 included a $55 million benefit due to a reversal of an accrual as part of a regulatory settlement.
    (2) Starting in Q1 2025, Adjusted Operating Expenses and Adjusted Operating Expenses and SBC no longer include provision for credit losses.

    Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

    This press release contains forward-looking statements regarding the expected financial performance of Robinhood Markets, Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries (“we,” “Robinhood,” or the “Company”) and our strategic and operational plans, including (among others) statements regarding that our increased share repurchase authorization reflects management and the board’s confidence in our financial strength and future growth prospects; that we’re releasing cutting-edge products for customers with more in the pipeline; that Robinhood Strategies, Robinhood Banking, and Robinhood Cortex will connect customers to a world-class financial team; that the Robinhood Gold Credit Card continues to roll out to customers; that the acquisition of Bitstamp Ltd. is on track to close in the middle of this year, subject to customary closing conditions; that management expects to execute the remaining share repurchase authorization over the next roughly two years, with flexibility to accelerate if market conditions warrant; and all statements and information under the heading “Financial Outlook”. Forward-looking statements generally relate to future events or our future financial or operating performance. In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements because they contain words such as “believe,” “may,” “will,” “should,” “expect,” “plan,” “anticipate,” “could,” “intend,” “target,” “project,” “contemplate,” “estimate,” “predict,” “potential,” or “continue,” or the negative of these words or other similar terms or expressions that concern our expectations, strategy, plans, or intentions. Our forward-looking statements are subject to a number of known and unknown risks, uncertainties, assumptions, and other factors that may cause our actual future results, performance, or achievements to differ materially from any future results expressed or implied in this press release. Reported results should not be considered an indication of future performance. Factors that contribute to the uncertain nature of our forward-looking statements include, among others: our rapid and continuing expansion, including continuing to introduce new products and services on our platforms as well as geographic expansion; the difficulty of managing our business effectively, including the size of our workforce, and the risk of declining or negative growth; the fluctuations in our financial results and key metrics from quarter to quarter; our reliance on transaction-based revenue, including payment for order flow (“PFOF”), the risk of new regulation or bans on PFOF and similar practices, and the addition of our new fee-based model for cryptocurrency; our exposure to fluctuations in interest rates and rapidly changing interest rate environments; the difficulty of raising additional capital (to provide liquidity needs and support business growth and objectives) on reasonable terms, if at all; the need to maintain capital levels required by regulators and self-regulatory organizations; the risk that we might mishandle the cash, securities, and cryptocurrencies we hold on behalf of customers, and our exposure to liability for processing, operational, or technical errors in clearing functions; the impact of negative publicity on our brand and reputation; the risk that changes in business, economic, or political conditions that impact the global financial markets, or a systemic market event, might harm our business; our dependence on key employees and a skilled workforce; the difficulty of complying with an extensive, complex, and changing regulatory environment and the need to adjust our business model in response to new or modified laws and regulations; the possibility of adverse developments in pending litigation and regulatory investigations; the effects of competition; our need to innovate and acquire or invest in new products, services, technologies, and geographies in order to attract and retain customers and deepen their engagement with us in order to maintain growth; our reliance on third parties to perform some key functions and the risk that processing, operational or technological failures could impair the availability or stability of our platforms; the risk of cybersecurity incidents, theft, data breaches, and other online attacks; the difficulty of processing customer data in compliance with privacy laws; our need as a regulated financial services company to develop and maintain effective compliance and risk management infrastructures; the risks associated with incorporating artificial intelligence technologies into some of our products and processes; the volatility of cryptocurrency prices and trading volumes; the risk that our platforms and services could be exploited to facilitate illegal payments; and the risk that substantial future sales of Class A common stock in the public market, or the perception that they may occur, could cause the price of our stock to fall. Because some of these risks and uncertainties cannot be predicted or quantified and some are beyond our control, you should not rely on our forward-looking statements as predictions of future events. More information about potential risks and uncertainties that could affect our business and financial results can be found in Part II, Item 1A of our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2025, as well as in our other filings with the SEC, all of which are available on the SEC’s web site at www.sec.gov. Moreover, we operate in a very competitive and rapidly changing environment; new risks and uncertainties may emerge from time to time, and it is not possible for us to predict all risks nor identify all uncertainties. The events and circumstances reflected in our forward-looking statements might not be achieved and actual results could differ materially from those projected in the forward-looking statements. Except as otherwise noted, all forward-looking statements in this press release are made as of the date of this press release, April 30, 2025, and are based on information and estimates available to us at this time. Although we believe that the expectations reflected in our forward-looking statements are reasonable, we cannot guarantee future results, performance, or achievements. Except as required by law, Robinhood assumes no obligation to update any of the statements in this press release whether as a result of any new information, future events, changed circumstances, or otherwise. You should read this press release with the understanding that our actual future results, performance, events, and circumstances might be materially different from what we expect.

    Non-GAAP Financial Measures

    We collect and analyze operating and financial data to evaluate the health of our business, allocate our resources and assess our performance. In addition to total net revenues, net income, and other results under GAAP, we utilize non-GAAP calculations of adjusted earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, and amortization (“Adjusted EBITDA”), Adjusted EBITDA Margin, Adjusted Operating Expenses, and Adjusted Operating Expenses and SBC. This non-GAAP financial information is presented for supplemental informational purposes only, should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for, or superior to, financial information presented in accordance with GAAP, and may be different from similarly titled non-GAAP measures used by other companies. Reconciliations of these non-GAAP measures to the most directly comparable financial measures calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP are provided in the financial tables included in this press release.

    Adjusted EBITDA

    Adjusted EBITDA is defined as net income, excluding (i) interest expenses related to credit facilities, (ii) provision for (benefit from) income taxes, (iii) depreciation and amortization, (iv) SBC, (v) significant legal and tax settlements and reserves, and (vi) other significant gains, losses, and expenses (such as impairments, restructuring charges, and business acquisition- or disposition-related expenses) that we believe are not indicative of our ongoing results.

    The above items are excluded from our Adjusted EBITDA measure because these items are non-cash in nature, or because the amount and timing of these items are unpredictable, are not driven by core results of operations, and render comparisons with prior periods and competitors less meaningful. We believe Adjusted EBITDA provides useful information to investors and others in understanding and evaluating our results of operations, as well as providing a useful measure for period-to-period comparisons of our business performance. Moreover, Adjusted EBITDA is a key measurement used by our management internally to make operating decisions, including those related to operating expenses, evaluate performance, and perform strategic planning and annual budgeting.

    Adjusted EBITDA Margin

    Adjusted EBITDA Margin is calculated as Adjusted EBITDA divided by total net revenues. The most directly comparable GAAP measure is net margin (calculated as net income divided by total net revenues). We believe Adjusted EBITDA Margin provides useful information to investors and others in understanding and evaluating our results of operations, as well as providing a useful measure for period-to-period comparisons of our business performance. Adjusted EBITDA Margin is used by our management internally to make operating decisions, including those related to operating expenses, evaluate performance, and perform strategic planning and annual budgeting.

    Adjusted Operating Expenses

    Adjusted Operating Expenses is defined as GAAP total operating expenses minus (i) SBC, (ii) provision for credit losses, (iii) significant legal and tax settlements and reserves, and (iv) other significant expenses (such as impairments, restructuring charges, and business acquisition- or disposition-related expenses) that we believe are not indicative of our ongoing expenses. The amount and timing of the excluded items are unpredictable, are not driven by core results of operations, and render comparisons with prior periods less meaningful. We believe Adjusted Operating Expenses provides useful information to investors and others in understanding and evaluating our results of operations, as well as providing a useful measure for period-to-period comparisons of our cost structure. Adjusted Operating Expenses is used by our management internally to make operating decisions, including those related to operating expenses, evaluate performance, and perform strategic planning and annual budgeting. Starting in Q1 2025, Adjusted Operating Expenses no longer includes provision for credit losses.

    Adjusted Operating Expenses and SBC

    Adjusted Operating Expenses and SBC is defined as GAAP total operating expenses minus (i) provision for credit losses, (ii) significant legal and tax settlements and reserves, and (iii) other significant expenses (such as impairments, restructuring charges, and business acquisition- or disposition-related expenses), that we believe are not indicative of our ongoing expenses. The amount and timing of the excluded items are unpredictable, are not driven by core results of operations, and render comparisons with prior periods less meaningful. Unlike Adjusted Operating Expenses, Adjusted Operating Expenses and SBC does not adjust for SBC. We believe Adjusted Operating Expense and SBC provides useful information to investors and others in understanding and evaluating our results of operations, as well as providing a useful measure for period-to-period comparisons of our cost structure. Adjusted Operating Expenses and SBC is used by our management internally to make operating decisions, including those related to operating expenses, evaluate performance, and perform strategic planning and annual budgeting. Starting in Q1 2025, Adjusted Operating Expenses and SBC no longer includes provision for credit losses.

    Key Performance Metrics

    In addition to the measures presented in our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements, we use the following key performance metrics to help us evaluate our business, identify trends affecting our business, formulate business plans, and make strategic decisions.

    Our acquisition of TradePMR closed in February 2025. As a result, we are now reporting Total Platform Assets which includes our previously reported Assets Under Custody key performance metric. Total Platform Assets is our previously reported Assets Under Custody metric plus assets managed by RIAs using TradePMR’s platform that are not custodied by us (and therefore would not have been included in the previously reported Assets Under Custody metric). Additionally, we have included total RIA customers in our Funded Customers key performance metric, their accounts in the definition of Investment Accounts, and the appropriate RIA customer balances in our Cash Sweep and Margin Book additional operating metrics. RIA client figures are not included in Robinhood Retirement AUC. Due to data limitations, we have not included RIA client figures in our Net Deposits key performance metric.

    Assets Under Custody

    We define Assets Under Custody as the fair value of all equities, options, cryptocurrency, futures (including options on futures, swaps, and event contracts), and cash held by users in their accounts, net of receivables from users, as of a stated date or period end on a trade date basis. As mentioned above, we introduced a new Key Performance Metric called Total Platform Assets, which includes Assets Under Custody and is defined below.

    Funded Customers

    We define a Funded Customer as a unique person who has at least one account with a Robinhood entity and, within the past 45 calendar days (a) had an account balance that was greater than zero (excluding amounts that are deposited into a Funded Customer account by the Company with no action taken by the unique person) or (b) completed a transaction using any such account. Individuals who share a funded joint investing account (which launched in July 2024) are each considered to be a Funded Customer. Individuals who are customers of RIAs that use the TradePMR platform are also considered Funded Customers as of the end of the period.

    Total Platform Assets

    We define Total Platform Assets as the sum of the fair value of all equities, options, cryptocurrency, futures (including options on futures, swaps, and event contracts), cash held by users in their accounts, net of receivables from users (previously reported as Assets Under Custody), and any such assets managed by RIAs using TradePMR’s platform that are not custodied by Robinhood, as of a stated date or period end on a trade date basis. Net Deposits and net market gains (losses) drive the change in Total Platform Assets in any given period.

    Net Deposits

    We define Net Deposits as all cash deposits and asset transfers from customers, as well as dividends, interest, and cash or assets earned in connection with Company promotions (such as account transfer and retirement match incentives and free stock bonuses) received by customers, net of reversals, customer cash withdrawals, margin interest, Robinhood Gold subscription fees, and assets transferred off of our platforms for a stated period. Prior to the second quarter of 2024, Net Deposits did not include inflows from cash or assets earned in connection with Company promotions, although we have not restated amounts in prior periods as the impact to those figures was immaterial.

    Average Revenue Per User (“ARPU”)

    We define ARPU as total revenue for a given period divided by the average number of Funded Customers on the last day of that period and the last day of the immediately preceding period. Figures in this press release represent ARPU annualized for each three-month period presented.

    Robinhood Gold Subscribers

    We define a Robinhood Gold Subscriber as a unique person who has at least one account with a Robinhood entity and who, as of the end of the relevant period (a) is subscribed to Robinhood Gold and (b) has made at least one Robinhood Gold subscription fee payment.

    Additional Operating Metrics

    Robinhood Retirement AUC

    We define Robinhood Retirement AUC as the total Assets Under Custody in traditional individual retirement accounts (“IRAs”) and Roth IRAs. This does not include accounts with an RIA using TradePMR’s platform.

    Cash Sweep

    We define Cash Sweep as the period-end total amount of participating users’ uninvested brokerage cash that has been automatically “swept” or moved from their brokerage accounts into deposits for their benefit at a network of program banks. This is an off-balance-sheet amount. Robinhood earns a net interest spread on Cash Sweep balances based on the interest rate offered by the banks less the interest rate given to users as stated in our program terms. This includes balances from customers of RIAs using TradePMR’s platform.

    Margin Book

    We define Margin Book as our period-end aggregate outstanding margin loan balances receivable (i.e., the period-end total amount we are owed by customers on loans made for the purchase of securities, supported by a pledge of assets in their margin-enabled brokerage accounts). This includes margin loan balances from customers of RIAs using TradePMR’s platform.

    Notional Trading Volume

    We define Notional Trading Volume or Notional Volume for any specified asset class as the aggregate dollar value (purchase price or sale price as applicable) of trades executed in that asset class over a specified period of time.

    Options Contracts Traded

    We define Options Contracts Traded as the total number of options contracts bought or sold over a specified period of time. Each contract generally entitles the holder to trade 100 shares of the underlying stock.

    Glossary Terms

    Investment Accounts

    We define an Investment Account as a funded individual brokerage account, a funded joint investing account, a funded IRA, or an account with an RIA using TradePMR’s platform. As of March 31, 2025, a Funded Customer can have up to five Investment Accounts – individual brokerage account, joint investing account (which launched in July 2024), traditional IRA, Roth IRA, and RIA custody account using TradePMR’s platform.

    Robinhood Gold Adoption Rate

    We define the Robinhood Gold adoption rate as end of period Robinhood Gold Subscribers divided by end of period Funded Customers.

    Growth Rate and Annualized Growth Rate with respect to Net Deposits

    Growth rate is calculated as aggregate Net Deposits over a specified 12 month period, divided by Total Platform Assets for the fiscal quarter that immediately precedes such 12 month period. Annualized growth rate is calculated as Net Deposits for a specified quarter multiplied by 4 and divided by Total Platform Assets for the immediately preceding quarter.

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI: Pathfinder Bancorp, Inc. Announces Financial Results for First Quarter 2025

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    OSWEGO, N.Y., April 30, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Pathfinder Bancorp, Inc. (“Pathfinder” or the “Company”) (NASDAQ: PBHC) announced its financial results for the first quarter ended March 31, 2025.

    The holding company for Pathfinder Bank (“the Bank”) earned net income attributable to common shareholders of $3.0 million or $0.41 per diluted share in the first quarter of 2025, compared to $2.1 million or $0.34 per share in the first quarter of 2024. In the fourth quarter of 2024, the Company reported net income attributable to common shareholders of $3.9 million or $0.63 per share, and included a benefit of approximately $1.4 million from a gain on the sale of its insurance agency, net of taxes and transaction-related expenses.

    First Quarter 2025 Highlights and Key Developments

    • Total deposits were $1.26 billion at period end, and grew by 5.0% in the first quarter and 10.3% from March 31, 2024. Core deposits also grew to 78.31% of total deposits at period end from 76.86% on December 31, 2024 and 69.17% on March 31, 2024. In addition to funding lending activity in the quarter, the Company’s low-cost deposits enabled reductions in higher-cost borrowings to $44.6 million at period end, down 49.3% in the first quarter and 67.5% from March 31, 2024.
    • Total loans were $912.2 million at period end, compared to $919.0 million on December 31, 2024 and $891.5 million on March 31, 2024. Commercial loans were $542.7 million or 59.5% of total loans at period end, compared to $539.7 million on December 31, 2024 and $525.6 million on March 31, 2024.
    • Nonperforming loans declined to $13.2 million at period end, and improved by 40.1% during the first quarter and 32.7% from March 31, 2024. Nonperforming loans also declined to 1.45% of total loans at period end, and improved from 2.40% on December 31, 2024 and 2.20% on March 31, 2024.
    • Net interest income was $11.4 million, and increased $1.0 million from the linked quarter and $2.0 million from the first quarter of 2024, while net interest margin (“NIM”) expanded to 3.31% from 3.02% in the fourth quarter of 2024 and 2.75% in the year-ago period. Approximately $347,000 of net interest income and 10 basis points of NIM in the first quarter of 2025 reflected 2024 interest recovered from loans removed from nonaccrual status and income from prepayment fees.
    • Pre-tax, pre-provision (“PTPP”) net income grew to $4.2 million, and increased 26.0% from the linked quarter and 16.9% from the year-ago period. PTPP net income, which is not a financial metric under generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”), is a measure that the Company believes is helpful to understanding profitability without giving effect to income taxes and provision for credit losses.
    • The efficiency ratio improved to 66.84%, down from 72.01% in the linked quarter and 68.29% in the year-ago period. The efficiency ratio, which is not a financial metric under GAAP, is a measure that the Company believes is helpful to understanding its level of non-interest expense as a percentage of total revenue.

    “Pathfinder’s solid first quarter results reflect the strength of our balance sheet and our growing core deposit franchise. Our continued focus on disciplined loan and deposit pricing has helped expand net interest margin in a challenging economic environment while our efforts toward optimizing non-interest expenses have improved our efficiency measures,” said President and Chief Executive Officer James A. Dowd. “We remain deeply committed to strengthening our proactive credit risk management practices and view our current efforts as the beginning of a sustained, long-term strategy to enhance the quality of our loan portfolio.”

    Dowd added, “Our strong results this year and the close relationships we’ve built with businesses and neighbors throughout Central New York give us good reason to feel optimistic. Major investments in our region’s growing tech sector are creating new opportunities, and we’re proud to be part of that momentum. At the same time, we’re staying close to our customers and keeping a careful eye on how recent economic changes and national policy decisions are affecting families and local businesses across our communities.”

    Net Interest Income and Net Interest Margin
    First quarter 2025 net interest income was $11.4 million, an increase of $1.0 million, or 10.0%, from the fourth quarter of 2024. A decrease in interest and dividend income of $85,000 from the linked quarter was primarily attributed to average yield decreases of 43 basis points on tax-exempt investment securities and 25 basis points on taxable investment securities, partially offset by a 10 basis points increase in the average yield on loans that included 15 basis points from 2024 interest recovered from loans removed from nonaccrual status and income from prepayment fees. The corresponding decreases in income from tax-exempt and taxable investment securities from the linked quarter were $43,000 and $198,000, respectively. The increase in interest from loans of $149,000 from the prior quarter reflected a benefit of approximately $347,000, including $247,000 of 2024 interest recovered from loans removed from nonaccrual status and $100,000 of first quarter 2025 prepayment fees.

    A decrease in interest expense of $1.1 million from the linked quarter was primarily attributed to average cost decreases of 36 basis points for interest-bearing deposits and 143 basis points for borrowings. The corresponding decreases in deposits and borrowings expense from the linked quarter were $878,000 and $226,000, respectively. These reductions reflect continued changes in the Bank’s funding mix, including growing core deposits, as well as deliberate deposit pricing adjustments and significant reductions in borrowings.

    Net interest margin was 3.31% in the first quarter of 2025 compared to 3.02% in the linked quarter. The increase reflected significant reductions in deposit and borrowing costs, as well as a benefit of 10 basis points from 2024 recovered interest and first quarter 2025 prepayment fees.

    Noninterest Income
    First quarter 2025 noninterest income totaled $1.2 million and no longer includes contributions from the insurance agency business sold in October 2024. Linked quarter noninterest income totaled $4.9 million, including $3.2 million in non-recurring pre-tax gains and revenues associated with the sale of the Company’s insurance agency in 2024. First quarter 2024 noninterest income totaled $1.7 million, including $397,000 in insurance revenue.

    Compared to the linked quarter, first quarter 2025 noninterest income reflected a reduction of $264,000 in debit card interchange fees driven by $158,000 of non-recurring catch up expenses and seasonal reductions estimated at $100,000, as well as decreases of $31,000 in service charges on deposit accounts and $7,000 in earnings and gain on bank owned life insurance (“BOLI”). Compared to the linked quarter, first quarter 2025 noninterest income also reflected increases of $52,000 in net realized gains on sales of marketable equity securities and $26,000 in gains on sales of loans and foreclosed real estate, as well as a decrease of $257,000 in net realized gains on sales and redemptions of investment securities.

    Compared to the year-ago period, first quarter 2025 noninterest income included increases of $65,000 in service charges on deposit accounts, $13,000 in loan servicing fees, and $5,000 in earnings and gain on BOLI, as well as a decline of $118,000 in debit card interchange fees driven by $158,000 of non-recurring catch up expenses related to prior periods. Noninterest income growth from the year-ago quarter also reflected a $140,000 decrease in net realized losses on sales and redemptions of investment securities and increases of $110,000 in net realized gains on sales of marketable equity securities and $47,000 in gains on sales of loans and foreclosed real estate.

    Noninterest Expense
    Noninterest expense totaled $8.4 million in the first quarter of 2025 and no longer includes costs for the insurance agency business sold in October 2024. Noninterest expense was $8.5 million in the linked quarter and $7.7 million in the year-ago period, including expenses associated with the insurance agency of $456,000 and $285,000, respectively.

    Salaries and benefits were $4.5 million in the first quarter of 2025, increasing $327,000 from the linked quarter and $121,000 from the year-ago period. The increase from the linked quarter reflected a $174,000 increase in stock-based compensation and a $96,000 increase in payroll tax. The increase from the first quarter of 2024 was primarily attributed to a $95,000 increase in stock-based compensation and $123,000 in other salary and benefits expenses associated with personnel in the East Syracuse branch acquired in July 2024. 

    Building and occupancy was $1.3 million in the first quarter of 2025, increasing $93,000 and $531,000 from the linked and year-ago quarters, respectively. The increase from the linked quarter reflected an $89,000 seasonal increase in utilities and snow removal expenses. The increase from the first quarter of last year was primarily due to ongoing facilities-related costs associated with operating the East Syracuse branch acquired in July 2024.

    Data processing expense was $666,000 in the first quarter of 2025, decreasing $55,000 from the linked quarter and increasing $138,000 from the year-ago period. The decrease from the fourth quarter of 2024 was primarily attributed to a $42,000 ATM processing expense for new customer card issuances. The increase from the first quarter of 2024 was primarily attributed to the ongoing operations of the East Syracuse branch acquired in July 2024.

    Annualized noninterest expense represented 2.33% of average assets in the first quarter of 2025, compared to 2.33% and 2.16% in the linked and year-ago periods, including costs associated with transactions of the divested insurance agency business. The efficiency ratio was 66.84% in the first quarter of 2025, compared to 72.01% and 68.29% in the linked and year-ago periods. The efficiency ratio, which is not a financial metric under GAAP, is a measure that the Company believes is helpful to understanding its level of non-interest expense as a percentage of total revenue.

    Net Income
    For the first quarter of 2025, net income attributable to common shareholders was $3.0 million, or $0.48 per basic share and $0.41 per diluted share. The difference between basic and diluted earnings per share reflects the accounting impact of restricted stock units granted to senior executive officers during the period under the 2024 Equity Incentive Plan, which was approved by shareholders at the 2024 annual meeting. Linked quarter net income was $3.9 million, including a net benefit of approximately $1.4 million from the gain on the sale of its insurance agency, or $0.63 per basic and diluted share. First quarter 2024 net income totaled $2.2 million or $0.34 per basic and diluted share.

    Statement of Financial Condition
    As of March 31, 2025, the Company’s statement of financial condition reflects total assets of $1.50 billion, compared to $1.47 billion and $1.45 billion recorded on December 31, 2024 and March 31, 2024, respectively.

    Loans totaled $912.2 million on March 31, 2025, decreasing 0.7% during the first quarter and increasing 2.3% from one year prior. Consumer and residential loans totaled $371.0 million on March 31, 2025, decreasing 2.6% during the first quarter and increasing 1.2% from one year prior. Commercial loans totaled $542.7 million on March 31, 2025, increasing 0.6% during the first quarter and 3.3% from one year prior.

    With respect to liabilities, deposits totaled $1.26 billion on March 31, 2025, increasing 5.0% during the first quarter and 10.3% from one year prior. The Company also utilized its lower cost liquidity to reduce total borrowings, which were $44.6 million on March 31, 2025 as compared to $88.1 million on December 31 and $137.4 million on March 31, 2024.

    Shareholders’ equity totaled $124.9 million on March 31, 2025, increasing $3.4 million or 2.8% in the first quarter and increasing $3.1 million or 2.5% from one year prior. Compared to the prior quarter, the first quarter 2025 increase primarily reflects a $2.3 million increase in retained earnings, a $712,000 decrease in accumulated other comprehensive loss (“AOCL”), and a $353,000 increase in additional paid in capital. The noncontrolling interest, previously included in equity on the Statements of Financial Condition, was eliminated in October 2024 upon the sale of the Company’s 51% ownership interest in the insurance agency.

    Asset Quality
    The Company’s asset quality metrics reflect ongoing efforts the Bank is undertaking as part of its commitment to continuously improve its credit risk management approach.

    Nonperforming loans were $13.2 million or 1.45% of total loans on March 31, 2025, improving from $22.1 million or 2.40% of total loans on December 31, 2024 and $19.7 million or 2.20% of total loans on March 31, 2024.

    Net charge offs (“NCOs”) after recoveries were $340,000 or an annualized 0.15% of average loans in the first quarter of 2025, with gross charge offs for consumer loans, purchased loan pools, and commercial loans offsetting recoveries in each of these categories. NCOs were $1.0 million or an annualized 0.44% of average loans in the linked quarter and $30,000 or 0.01% in the prior year period.

    Provision for credit loss expense was $457,000 in the first quarter of 2025 reflecting lower levels of nonperforming loans and NCOs in the period and qualitative factors in the Company’s reserve model. The provision was $988,000 and $726,000 in the linked and year-ago quarters, respectively.

    The Company believes it is sufficiently collateralized and reserved, with an Allowance for Credit Losses (“ACL”) of $17.4 million on March 31, 2025, compared to $17.2 million on December 31, 2024 and $16.7 million on March 31, 2024. As a percentage of total loans, ACL represented 1.91% on March 31, 2025, 1.88% on December 31, 2024, and 1.87% on March 31, 2024.

    Liquidity
    The Company has diligently ensured a strong liquidity profile as of March 31, 2025 to meet its ongoing financial obligations. The Bank’s liquidity management, as evaluated by its cash reserves and operational cash flows from loan repayments and investment securities, remains robust and is effectively managed by the institution’s leadership.

    The Bank’s analysis indicates that expected cash inflows from loans and investment securities are more than sufficient to meet all projected financial obligations. Total deposits were $1.26 billion on March 31, 2025, $1.20 billion on December 31, 2024, and $1.15 billion on March 31, 2024. Core deposits represented 78.31% of total deposits on March 31, 2025, 76.86% on December 31, 2024, and 69.17% on March 31, 2024. The Bank continues to implement strategic initiatives to enhance its core deposit franchise, including targeted marketing campaigns and customer engagement programs aimed at deepening banking relationships and enhancing deposit stability.

    At the end of the current quarter, Pathfinder Bancorp had an available additional funding capacity of $133.3 million with the Federal Home Loan Bank of New York, which complements its liquidity reserves. Moreover, the Bank maintains additional unused credit lines totaling $46.6 million, which provide a buffer for additional funding needs. These facilities, including access to the Federal Reserve’s Discount Window, are part of a comprehensive liquidity strategy that ensures flexibility and readiness to respond to any funding requirements.

    Cash Dividend Declared
    On March 31, 2025, Pathfinder’s Board of Directors declared a cash dividend of $0.10 per share for holders of both voting common and non-voting common stock.

    In addition, this dividend also extends to the notional shares of the Company’s warrants. Shareholders registered by April 18, 2025 will be eligible for the dividend, which is scheduled for disbursement on May 9, 2025. This distribution aligns with Pathfinder Bancorp’s philosophy of consistent and reliable delivery of shareholder value.

    Evaluating the Company’s market performance, the closing stock price as of March 31, 2025 stood at $16.44 per share. This positions the annualized dividend yield at 2.43%.

    About Pathfinder Bancorp, Inc.

    Pathfinder Bancorp, Inc. (NASDAQ: PBHC) is the commercial bank holding company for Pathfinder Bank, which serves Central New York customers throughout Oswego, Syracuse, and their neighboring communities. Strategically located branches averaging over $100 million in deposits per location, as well as diversified consumer, mortgage, and commercial loan portfolios, reflect the state-chartered Bank’s commitment to in-market relationships and local customer service. The Company also offers investment services to individuals and businesses. At March 31, 2025, the Oswego-headquartered Company had assets of $1.50 billion, loans of $912.2 million, and deposits of $1.26 billion. More information is available at pathfinderbank.com and ir.pathfinderbank.com.

    Forward-Looking Statements
    Certain statements contained herein are “forward looking statements” within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933 and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. These forward-looking statements are generally identified by use of the words “believe,” “expect,” “intend,” “anticipate,” “estimate,” “project” or similar expressions, or future or conditional verbs, such as “will,” “would,” “should,” “could,” or “may.” These forward-looking statements are based on current beliefs and expectations of the Company’s and the Bank’s management and are inherently subject to significant business, economic and competitive uncertainties and contingencies, many of which are beyond the Company’s and the Bank’s control. In addition, these forward-looking statements are subject to assumptions with respect to future business strategies and decisions that are subject to change. Actual results may differ materially from those set forth in the forward-looking statements as a result of numerous factors. Factors that could cause such differences to exist include, but are not limited to: risks related to the real estate and economic environment, particularly in the market areas in which the Company and the Bank operate; fiscal and monetary policies of the U.S. Government; inflation; changes in government regulations affecting financial institutions, including regulatory compliance costs and capital requirements; fluctuations in the adequacy of the allowance for credit losses; decreases in deposit levels necessitating increased borrowing to fund loans and investments; operational risks including, but not limited to, cybersecurity, fraud and natural disasters; the risk that the Company may not be successful in the implementation of its business strategy; changes in prevailing interest rates; credit risk management; asset-liability management; and other risks described in the Company’s filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission, which are available at the SEC’s website, www.sec.gov. 

    This release contains non-GAAP financial measures. For purposes of Regulation G, a non-GAAP financial measure is a numerical measure of a registrant’s historical or future financial performance, financial position, or cash flows that excludes amounts, or is subject to adjustments that have the effect of excluding amounts, that are included in the most directly comparable measure calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP in the statement of income, balance sheet, or statement of cash flows (or equivalent statements) of the registrant; or includes amounts, or is subject to adjustments that have the effect of including amounts, that are excluded from the most directly comparable measure so calculated and presented. In this regard, GAAP refers to generally accepted accounting principles in the United States. Pursuant to the requirements of Regulation G, the Company has provided reconciliations within the release of the non-GAAP financial measures to the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure.

    Investor/Media Contacts
    James A. Dowd, President, CEO
    Justin K. Bigham, Senior Vice President, CFO
    Telephone: (315) 343-0057

    PATHFINDER BANCORP, INC.                              
    Selected Financial Information (Unaudited)                              
    (Amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)                              
                                   
        2025
      2024
    SELECTED BALANCE SHEET DATA:   March 31,     December 31,     September 30,     June 30,     March 31,  
    ASSETS:                              
    Cash and due from banks   $ 18,606     $ 13,963     $ 18,923     $ 12,022     $ 13,565  
    Interest-earning deposits     32,862       17,609       16,401       19,797       15,658  
    Total cash and cash equivalents     51,468       31,572       35,324       31,819       29,223  
    Available-for-sale securities, at fair value     284,051       269,331       271,977       274,977       279,012  
    Held-to-maturity securities, at amortized cost     155,704       158,683       161,385       166,271       172,648  
    Marketable equity securities, at fair value     4,401       4,076       3,872       3,793       3,342  
    Federal Home Loan Bank stock, at cost     2,906       4,590       5,401       8,702       7,031  
    Loans     912,150       918,986       921,660       888,263       891,531  
    Less: Allowance for credit losses     17,407       17,243       17,274       16,892       16,655  
    Loans receivable, net     894,743       901,743       904,386       871,371       874,876  
    Premises and equipment, net     19,233       19,009       18,989       18,878       18,332  
    Assets held-for-sale                       3,042       3,042  
    Operating lease right-of-use assets     1,356       1,391       1,425       1,459       1,493  
    Finance lease right-of-use assets     16,478       16,676       16,873       4,004       4,038  
    Accrued interest receivable     6,748       6,881       6,806       7,076       7,170  
    Foreclosed real estate                       60       82  
    Intangible assets, net     5,832       5,989       6,217       76       80  
    Goodwill     5,056       5,056       5,752       4,536       4,536  
    Bank owned life insurance     24,889       24,727       24,560       24,967       24,799  
    Other assets     22,472       25,150       20,159       25,180       23,968  
    Total assets   $ 1,495,337     $ 1,474,874     $ 1,483,126     $ 1,446,211     $ 1,453,672  
                                   
    LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY:                              
    Deposits:                              
    Interest-bearing deposits   $ 1,061,166     $ 990,805     $ 986,103     $ 932,132     $ 969,692  
    Noninterest-bearing deposits     203,314       213,719       210,110       169,145       176,421  
    Total deposits     1,264,480       1,204,524       1,196,213       1,101,277       1,146,113  
    Short-term borrowings     27,000       61,000       60,315       127,577       91,577  
    Long-term borrowings     17,628       27,068       39,769       45,869       45,869  
    Subordinated debt     30,156       30,107       30,057       30,008       29,961  
    Accrued interest payable     844       546       236       2,092       1,963  
    Operating lease liabilities     1,560       1,591       1,621       1,652       1,682  
    Finance lease liabilities     16,655       16,745       16,829       4,359       4,370  
    Other liabilities     12,118       11,810       16,986       9,203       9,505  
    Total liabilities     1,370,441       1,353,391       1,362,026       1,322,037       1,331,040  
    Shareholders’ equity:                              
    Voting common stock shares issued and outstanding     4,761,182       4,745,366       4,719,788       4,719,788       4,719,788  
    Voting common stock     48       47       47       47       47  
    Non-Voting common stock     14       14       14       14       14  
    Additional paid in capital     53,103       52,750       53,231       53,182       53,151  
    Retained earnings     80,163       77,816       73,670       78,936       77,558  
    Accumulated other comprehensive loss     (8,432 )     (9,144 )     (6,716 )     (8,786 )     (8,862 )
    Unearned ESOP shares                       (45 )     (90 )
    Total Pathfinder Bancorp, Inc. shareholders’ equity     124,896       121,483       120,246       123,348       121,818  
    Noncontrolling interest                 854       826       814  
    Total equity     124,896       121,483       121,100       124,174       122,632  
    Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity   $ 1,495,337     $ 1,474,874     $ 1,483,126     $ 1,446,211     $ 1,453,672  
     

    The above information is unaudited and preliminary, based on the Company’s data available at the time of presentation.

          2025     2024
    SELECTED INCOME STATEMENT DATA:   Q1     Q4     Q3     Q2     Q1  
    Interest and dividend income:                              
    Loans, including fees   $ 13,672     $ 13,523     $ 14,425     $ 12,489     $ 12,268  
    Debt securities:                              
    Taxable     5,185       5,312       5,664       5,736       5,607  
    Tax-exempt     402       445       469       498       508  
    Dividends     93       164       149       178       129  
    Federal funds sold and interest-earning deposits     89       82       492       121       98  
    Total interest and dividend income     19,441       19,526       21,199       19,022       18,610  
    Interest expense:                              
    Interest on deposits     6,945       7,823       7,633       7,626       7,411  
    Interest on short-term borrowings     545       700       1,136       1,226       1,114  
    Interest on long-term borrowings     65       136       202       201       194  
    Interest on subordinated debt     475       490       496       489       491  
    Total interest expense     8,030       9,149       9,467       9,542       9,210  
    Net interest income     11,411       10,377       11,732       9,480       9,400  
    Provision for (benefit from) credit losses:                              
    Loans     504       988       9,104       304       710  
    Held-to-maturity securities           (5 )     (31 )     (74 )     15  
    Unfunded commitments     (47 )     5       (104 )     60       1  
    Total provision for credit losses     457       988       8,969       290       726  
    Net interest income after provision for credit losses     10,954       9,389       2,763       9,190       8,674  
    Noninterest income:                              
    Service charges on deposit accounts     374       405       392       330       309  
    Earnings and gain on bank owned life insurance     162       169       361       167       157  
    Loan servicing fees     101       96       79       112       88  
    Net realized (losses) gains on sales and redemptions of investment securities     (8 )     249       (188 )     16       (148 )
    Gain on asset sale 1 & 2           3,169                    
    Net realized gains (losses) on sales of marketable equity securities     218       166       62       (139 )     108  
    Gains on sales of loans and foreclosed real estate     65       39       90       40       18  
    Loss on sale of premises and equipment                 (36 )            
    Debit card interchange fees     1       265       300       191       119  
    Insurance agency revenue 1           49       367       260       397  
    Other charges, commissions & fees     284       299       280       234       689  
    Total noninterest income     1,197       4,906       1,707       1,211       1,737  
    Noninterest expense:                              
    Salaries and employee benefits     4,450       4,123       4,959       4,399       4,329  
    Building and occupancy     1,347       1,254       1,134       914       816  
    Data processing     666       721       672       550       528  
    Professional and other services     606       608       1,820       696       562  
    Advertising     141       218       165       116       105  
    FDIC assessments     229       231       228       228       229  
    Audits and exams     114       123       123       123       170  
    Insurance agency expense 1           456       308       232       285  
    Community service activities     11       19       20       39       52  
    Foreclosed real estate expenses     21       20       27       30       25  
    Other expenses     691       771       803       581       605  
    Total noninterest expense     8,433       8,544       10,259       7,908       7,706  
    Income (loss) before provision for income taxes     3,718       5,751       (5,789 )     2,493       2,705  
    Provision (benefit) for income taxes     744       492       (1,173 )     481       532  
    Net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interest and Pathfinder Bancorp, Inc.     2,974       5,259       (4,616 )     2,012       2,173  
    Net income attributable to noncontrolling interest 1           1,352       28       12       53  
    Net income (loss) attributable to Pathfinder Bancorp Inc.   $ 2,974     $ 3,907     $ (4,644 )   $ 2,000     $ 2,120  
    Voting Earnings per common share – basic   $ 0.48     $ 0.63     $ (0.75 )   $ 0.32     $ 0.34  
    Voting Earnings per common share – diluted   $ 0.41     $ 0.63     $ (0.75 )   $ 0.32     $ 0.34  
    Series A Non-Voting Earnings per common share- basic   $ 0.48     $ 0.63     $ (0.75 )   $ 0.32     $ 0.34  
    Series A Non-Voting Earnings per common share- diluted   $ 0.41     $ 0.63     $ (0.75 )   $ 0.32     $ 0.34  
    Dividends per common share (Voting and Series A Non-Voting)   $ 0.10     $ 0.10     $ 0.10     $ 0.10     $ 0.10  
     

    1 Although the Company owned 51% of its membership interest in FitzGibbons Agency, LLC (“Agency”) the Company is required to consolidate 100% of the Agency within the consolidated financial statements. The Company sold its 51% membership interest in the Agency in October 2024.
    2 The $3,169,000 consolidated gain on asset sale equals $1,616,000 associated with the Company’s 51% interest in the Agency plus $1,553,000 associated with the 49% noncontrolling interest.

    The above information is unaudited and preliminary, based on the Company’s data available at the time of presentation.

          2025     2024
    FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS:   Q1     Q4     Q3     Q2     Q1  
    Selected Ratios:                              
    Return on average assets     0.81 %     1.07 %     -1.25 %     0.56 %     0.59 %
    Return on average common equity     9.64 %     12.85 %     -14.79 %     6.49 %     7.01 %
    Return on average equity     9.64 %     12.85 %     -14.79 %     6.49 %     7.01 %
    Return on average tangible common equity 1     10.52 %     14.17 %     -15.28 %     6.78 %     7.32 %
    Net interest margin     3.31 %     3.02 %     3.34 %     2.78 %     2.75 %
    Loans / deposits     72.14 %     76.29 %     77.05 %     80.66 %     77.79 %
    Core deposits/deposits 2     78.31 %     76.86 %     77.45 %     67.98 %     69.17 %
    Annualized non-interest expense / average assets     2.33 %     2.33 %     2.75 %     2.19 %     2.16 %
    Commercial real estate / risk-based capital 3     182.62 %     186.73 %     189.47 %     169.73 %     163.93 %
    Efficiency ratio 1     66.84 %     72.01 %     75.28 %     74.08 %     68.29 %
                                   
    Other Selected Data:                              
    Average yield on loans     5.97 %     5.87 %     6.31 %     5.64 %     5.48 %
    Average cost of interest bearing deposits     2.76 %     3.12 %     3.11 %     3.21 %     3.07 %
    Average cost of total deposits, including non-interest bearing     2.29 %     2.59 %     2.59 %     2.72 %     2.61 %
    Deposits/branch 4   $ 105,373     $ 100,377     $ 99,684     $ 100,116     $ 104,192  
    Pre-tax, pre-provision net income 1   $ 4,183     $ 3,321     $ 3,368     $ 2,767     $ 3,579  
    Total revenue 1   $ 12,616     $ 11,865     $ 13,627     $ 10,675     $ 11,285  
                                   
    Share and Per Share Data:                              
    Cash dividends per share   $ 0.10     $ 0.10     $ 0.10     $ 0.10     $ 0.10  
    Book value per common share   $ 20.33     $ 19.83     $ 19.71     $ 20.22     $ 19.97  
    Tangible book value per common share 1   $ 18.56     $ 18.03     $ 17.75     $ 19.46     $ 19.21  
    Basic and diluted weighted average shares outstanding – Voting     4,749       4,733       4,714       4,708       4,701  
    Basic earnings per share – Voting 5   $ 0.48     $ 0.63     $ (0.75 )   $ 0.32     $ 0.34  
    Diluted earnings per share – Voting 5   $ 0.41     $ 0.63     $ (0.75 )   $ 0.32     $ 0.34  
    Basic and diluted weighted average shares outstanding – Series A Non-Voting     1,380       1,380       1,380       1,380       1,380  
    Basic earnings per share – Series A Non-Voting 5   $ 0.48     $ 0.63     $ (0.75 )   $ 0.32     $ 0.34  
    Diluted earnings per share – Series A Non-Voting 5   $ 0.41     $ 0.63     $ (0.75 )   $ 0.32     $ 0.34  
    Common shares outstanding at period end     6,144       6,126       6,100       6,100       6,100  
                                   
    Pathfinder Bancorp, Inc. Capital Ratios:                              
    Company tangible common equity to tangible assets 1     7.68 %     7.54 %     7.36 %     8.24 %     8.09 %
    Company Total Core Capital (to Risk-Weighted Assets)     15.89 %     15.66 %     15.55 %     16.19 %     16.23 %
    Company Tier 1 Capital (to Risk-Weighted Assets)     12.24 %     12.00 %     11.84 %     12.31 %     12.33 %
    Company Tier 1 Common Equity (to Risk-Weighted Assets)     11.75 %     11.51 %     11.33 %     11.83 %     11.85 %
    Company Tier 1 Capital (to Assets)     8.82 %     8.64 %     8.29 %     9.16 %     9.16 %
                                   
    Pathfinder Bank Capital Ratios:                              
    Bank Total Core Capital (to Risk-Weighted Assets)     14.86 %     14.65 %     14.52 %     16.04 %     15.65 %
    Bank Tier 1 Capital (to Risk-Weighted Assets)     13.61 %     13.40 %     13.26 %     14.79 %     14.39 %
    Bank Tier 1 Common Equity (to Risk-Weighted Assets)     13.61 %     13.40 %     13.26 %     14.79 %     14.39 %
    Bank Tier 1 Capital (to Assets)     9.80 %     9.64 %     9.13 %     10.30 %     10.13 %
     

    1 Non-GAAP financial metrics. See non-GAAP reconciliation included herein for the most directly comparable GAAP measures.
    2 Non-brokered deposits excluding certificates of deposit of $250,000 or more.
    3 Construction and development, multifamily, and non-owner occupied CRE loans as a percentage of Pathfinder Bank total capital.
    4 Includes 11 full-service branches and one motor bank for December 31 and September 30, 2024, respectively. Includes 10 full-service branches and one motor bank for all periods prior.
    5 Basic and diluted earnings per share are calculated based upon the two-class method. Weighted average shares outstanding do not include unallocated ESOP shares.

    The above information is unaudited and preliminary, based on the Company’s data available at the time of presentation.

          2025     2024
    ASSET QUALITY:   Q1     Q4     Q3     Q2     Q1  
    Total loan charge-offs   $ 508     $ 1,191     $ 8,812     $ 112     $ 68  
    Total recoveries     168       171       90       46       38  
    Net loan charge-offs     340       1,020       8,722       66       30  
    Allowance for credit losses at period end     17,407       17,243       17,274       16,892       16,655  
    Nonperforming loans at period end     13,232       22,084       16,170       24,490       19,652  
    Nonperforming assets at period end   $ 13,232     $ 22,084     $ 16,170     $ 24,550     $ 19,734  
    Annualized net loan charge-offs to average loans     0.15 %     0.44 %     3.82 %     0.03 %     0.01 %
    Allowance for credit losses to period end loans     1.91 %     1.88 %     1.87 %     1.90 %     1.87 %
    Allowance for credit losses to nonperforming loans     131.55 %     78.08 %     106.83 %     68.98 %     84.75 %
    Nonperforming loans to period end loans     1.45 %     2.40 %     1.75 %     2.76 %     2.20 %
    Nonperforming assets to period end assets     0.88 %     1.50 %     1.09 %     1.70 %     1.36 %
     
        2025
      2024
    LOAN COMPOSITION:   March 31,     December 31,     September 30,     June 30,     March 31,  
    1-4 family first-lien residential mortgages   $ 243,854     $ 251,373     $ 255,235     $ 250,106     $ 252,026  
    Residential construction     3,162       4,864       4,077       309       1,689  
    Commercial real estate     381,479       377,619       378,805       370,361       363,467  
    Commercial lines of credit     65,074       67,602       64,672       62,711       67,416  
    Other commercial and industrial     91,644       89,800       88,247       90,813       91,178  
    Paycheck protection program loans     96       113       125       136       147  
    Tax exempt commercial loans     4,446       4,544       2,658       3,228       3,374  
    Home equity and junior liens     52,315       51,948       52,709       35,821       35,723  
    Other consumer     71,681       72,710       76,703       75,195       77,106  
    Subtotal loans     913,751       920,573       923,231       888,680       892,126  
    Deferred loan fees     (1,601 )     (1,587 )     (1,571 )     (417 )     (595 )
    Total loans   $ 912,150     $ 918,986     $ 921,660     $ 888,263     $ 891,531  
     
        2025
      2024
    DEPOSIT COMPOSITION:   March 31,     December 31,     September 30,     June 30,     March 31,  
    Savings accounts   $ 129,898     $ 128,753     $ 129,053     $ 106,048     $ 111,465  
    Time accounts     349,673       360,716       352,729       368,262       378,103  
    Time accounts in excess of $250,000     149,922       142,473       140,181       117,021       114,514  
    Money management accounts     10,774       11,583       11,520       12,154       11,676  
    MMDA accounts     306,281       239,016       250,007       193,915       215,101  
    Demand deposit interest-bearing     109,941       101,080       97,344       128,168       134,196  
    Demand deposit noninterest-bearing     203,314       213,719       210,110       169,145       176,434  
    Mortgage escrow funds     4,677       7,184       5,269       6,564       4,624  
    Total deposits   $ 1,264,480     $ 1,204,524     $ 1,196,213     $ 1,101,277     $ 1,146,113  
     

    The above information is unaudited and preliminary, based on the Company’s data available at the time of presentation.

          2025     2024
    SELECTED AVERAGE BALANCES:   Q1     Q4     Q1  
    Interest-earning assets:                  
    Loans   $ 916,207     $ 920,855     $ 895,335  
    Taxable investment securities     416,558       412,048       431,114  
    Tax-exempt investment securities     34,475       34,918       29,171  
    Fed funds sold and interest-earning deposits     12,939       5,115       13,873  
    Total interest-earning assets     1,380,179       1,372,936       1,369,493  
    Noninterest-earning assets:                  
    Other assets     114,882       112,654       94,677  
    Allowance for credit losses     (17,413 )     (17,145 )     (16,081 )
    Net unrealized losses on available-for-sale securities     (9,947 )     (8,534 )     (11,187 )
    Total assets   $ 1,467,701     $ 1,459,911     $ 1,436,902  
    Interest-bearing liabilities:                  
    NOW accounts   $ 111,643     $ 102,862     $ 99,688  
    Money management accounts     10,906       11,371       11,653  
    MMDA accounts     256,186       257,429       213,897  
    Savings and club accounts     129,769       128,169       112,719  
    Time deposits     498,963       504,009       524,368  
    Subordinated loans     30,123       30,076       29,930  
    Borrowings     70,575       68,391       137,882  
    Total interest-bearing liabilities     1,108,165       1,102,307       1,130,137  
    Noninterest-bearing liabilities:                  
    Demand deposits     206,137       206,521       169,748  
    Other liabilities     29,961       29,494       15,986  
    Total liabilities     1,344,263       1,338,322       1,315,871  
    Shareholders’ equity     123,438       121,589       121,031  
    Total liabilities & shareholders’ equity   $ 1,467,701     $ 1,459,911     $ 1,436,902  
     
          2025     2024
    SELECTED AVERAGE YIELDS:   Q1     Q4     Q1  
    Interest-earning assets:                  
    Loans     5.97 %     5.87 %     5.48 %
    Taxable investment securities     5.07 %     5.32 %     5.32 %
    Tax-exempt investment securities     4.66 %     5.10 %     6.97 %
    Fed funds sold and interest-earning deposits     2.75 %     6.41 %     2.83 %
    Total interest-earning assets     5.63 %     5.69 %     5.44 %
    Interest-bearing liabilities:                  
    NOW accounts     1.07 %     1.19 %     1.06 %
    Money management accounts     0.11 %     0.11 %     0.10 %
    MMDA accounts     3.06 %     3.23 %     3.61 %
    Savings and club accounts     0.25 %     0.26 %     0.26 %
    Time deposits     3.69 %     4.25 %     3.92 %
    Subordinated loans     6.31 %     6.52 %     6.56 %
    Borrowings     3.46 %     4.89 %     3.79 %
    Total interest-bearing liabilities     2.90 %     3.32 %     3.26 %
    Net interest rate spread     2.73 %     2.37 %     2.18 %
    Net interest margin     3.31 %     3.02 %     2.75 %
    Ratio of average interest-earning assets to average interest-bearing liabilities     124.55 %     124.55 %     121.18 %
     

    The above information is unaudited and preliminary based on the Company’s data available at the time of presentation.

          2025     2024
    NON-GAAP RECONCILIATIONS:   Q1     Q4     Q3     Q2     Q1  
    Tangible book value per common share:                              
    Total equity   $ 124,896     $ 121,483     $ 120,246     $ 123,348     $ 121,818  
    Intangible assets     (10,888 )     (11,045 )     (11,969 )     (4,612 )     (4,616 )
    Tangible common equity (non-GAAP)     114,008       110,438       108,277       118,736       117,202  
    Common shares outstanding     6,144       6,126       6,100       6,100       6,100  
    Tangible book value per common share (non-GAAP)   $ 18.56     $ 18.03     $ 17.75     $ 19.46     $ 19.21  
    Tangible common equity to tangible assets:                              
    Tangible common equity (non-GAAP)   $ 114,008     $ 110,438     $ 108,277     $ 118,736     $ 117,202  
    Tangible assets     1,484,449       1,463,829       1,471,157       1,441,599       1,449,056  
    Tangible common equity to tangible assets ratio (non-GAAP)     7.68 %     7.54 %     7.36 %     8.24 %     8.09 %
    Return on average tangible common equity:                              
    Average shareholders’ equity   $ 123,438     $ 121,589     $ 125,626     $ 123,211     $ 121,031  
    Average intangible assets     10,991       11,907       4,691       4,614       4,619  
    Average tangible equity (non-GAAP)     112,447       109,682       120,935       118,597       116,412  
    Net income (loss)     2,974       3,907       (4,644 )     2,000       2,120  
    Net income (loss), annualized   $ 11,831     $ 15,543     $ (18,475 )   $ 8,044     $ 8,527  
    Return on average tangible common equity (non-GAAP)1     10.52 %     14.17 %     -15.28 %     6.78 %     7.32 %
    Revenue, pre-tax, pre-provision net income, and efficiency ratio:                              
    Net interest income   $ 11,411     $ 10,377     $ 11,732     $ 9,480     $ 9,400  
    Total noninterest income     1,197       4,906       1,707       1,211       1,737  
    Net realized (gains) losses on sales and redemptions of investment securities     (8 )     249       (188 )     16       (148 )
    Gain on asset sale           3,169                    
    Revenue (non-GAAP)2     12,616       11,865       13,627       10,675       11,285  
    Total non-interest expense     8,433       8,544       10,259       7,908       7,706  
    Pre-tax, pre-provision net income (non-GAAP)3   $ 4,183     $ 3,321     $ 3,368     $ 2,767     $ 3,579  
    Efficiency ratio (non-GAAP)4     66.84 %     72.01 %     75.28 %     74.08 %     68.29 %
     

    1 Return on average tangible common equity equals annualized net income (loss) divided by average tangible equity
    2 Revenue equals net interest income plus total noninterest income less net realized gains or losses on sales and redemptions of investment securities and gain on sale of insurance agency
    3 Pre-tax, pre-provision net income equals revenue less total non-interest expense
    4 Efficiency ratio equals noninterest expense divided by revenue

    The above information is unaudited and preliminary based on the Company’s data available at the time of presentation.

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI: Columbia Financial, Inc. Announces Financial Results for the First Quarter Ended March 31, 2025

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    FAIR LAWN, N.J., April 30, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Columbia Financial, Inc. (the “Company”) (NASDAQ: CLBK), the mid-tier holding company for Columbia Bank (“Columbia”), reported net income of $8.9 million, or $0.09 per basic and diluted share, for the quarter ended March 31, 2025, as compared to a net loss of $1.2 million, or $0.01 per basic and diluted share, for the quarter ended March 31, 2024. Earnings for the quarter ended March 31, 2025 reflected higher net interest income due to both an increase in interest income and a decrease in interest expense, lower provision for credit losses and a decrease in non-interest expense, partially offset by higher income tax expense.

    Mr. Thomas J. Kemly, President and Chief Executive Officer, commented: “During the first quarter of 2025, the Company was able to increase earnings, expand our net interest margin and reduce overall funding costs mainly due to a balance sheet repositioning strategy implemented in the fourth quarter of 2024. We also experienced solid loan growth and an increase in deposits while reducing our overall operating costs. It continues to be challenging to operate in such a volatile economic environment, but we are focused on managing the balance sheet mix and controlling operating expenses while remaining committed to investments in talent and systems that will support future growth.”

    Results of Operations for the Three Months Ended March 31, 2025 and March 31, 2024

    Net income of $8.9 million was recorded for the quarter ended March 31, 2025, an increase of $10.1 million, compared to a net loss of $1.2 million for the quarter ended March 31, 2024. The increase in net income was primarily attributable to an $8.1 million increase in net interest income, a $2.3 million decrease in provision for credit losses and a $1.8 million decrease in non-interest expense, partially offset by a $3.2 million increase in income tax expense.

    Net interest income was $50.3 million for the quarter ended March 31, 2025, an increase of $8.1 million, or 19.3%, from $42.2 million for the quarter ended March 31, 2024. The increase in net interest income was primarily attributable to a $3.5 million increase in interest income and a $4.6 million decrease in interest expense on deposits and borrowings. The increase in interest income was primarily due to an increase in the average balance of loans coupled with an increase in average yields on loans and securities. During the fourth quarter of 2024 the Company implemented a balance sheet repositioning transaction which resulted in an increase in the average yield on securities and a decrease in the cost of borrowings, which had a notable impact on net interest income for the quarter ended March 31, 2025. The 100 basis point decrease in market interest rates during the last four months of 2024 contributed to a decrease in interest expense on borrowings during the quarter ended March 31, 2025. Prepayment penalties, which are included in interest income on loans, totaled $257,000 for the quarter ended March 31, 2025, compared to $268,000 for the quarter ended March 31, 2024.

    The average yield on loans for the quarter ended March 31, 2025 increased 10 basis points to 4.89%, as compared to 4.79% for the quarter ended March 31, 2024. Interest income on loans increased due to an increase in both the average balance and yield on loans. The average yield on securities for the quarter ended March 31, 2025 increased 80 basis points to 3.45%, as compared to 2.65% for the quarter ended March 31, 2024. This was a result of lower yielding securities sold as part of the balance sheet repositioning transaction implemented in the fourth quarter of 2024, being replaced with higher yielding securities purchased in 2024 and the quarter ended March 31, 2025. The average yield on other interest-earning assets for the quarter ended March 31, 2025 decreased 31 basis points to 5.75%, as compared to 6.06% for the quarter ended March 31, 2024, due to a decrease in average interest rates received on cash balances, and a decrease in the dividend rate received on Federal Home Loan Bank stock.

    Total interest expense was $61.8 million for the quarter ended March 31, 2025, a decrease of $4.6 million, or 6.9%, from $66.4 million for the quarter ended March 31, 2024. The decrease in interest expense was primarily attributable to a 1 basis point decrease in the average cost of interest-bearing deposits along with a 54 basis point decrease in the average cost of borrowings, coupled with a decrease in the average balance of borrowings, partially offset by an increase in the average balance of interest-bearing deposits. Interest expense on deposits increased $1.7 million, or 3.6%, and interest expense on borrowings decreased $6.3 million, or 35.1%.

    The Company’s net interest margin for the quarter ended March 31, 2025 increased 36 basis points to 2.11%, when compared to 1.75% for the quarter ended March 31, 2024. The net interest margin increased for the quarter ended March 31, 2025 due to an increase in the average yield on interest-earning assets coupled with a decrease in the average cost of interest-bearing liabilities. The weighted average yield on interest-earning assets increased 19 basis points to 4.69% for the quarter ended March 31, 2025 as compared to 4.50% for the quarter ended March 31, 2024. The average cost of interest-bearing liabilities decreased 17 basis points to 3.21% for the quarter ended March 31, 2025 as compared to 3.38% for the quarter ended March 31, 2024.

    The provision for credit losses for the quarter ended March 31, 2025 was $2.9 million, a decrease of $2.3 million, from $5.3 million for the quarter ended March 31, 2024. The decrease in provision for credit losses during the quarter was primarily due to a decrease in net charge-offs, which totaled $857,000 for the quarter ended March 31, 2025 as compared to $5.0 million for the quarter ended March 31, 2024.

    Non-interest income was $8.5 million for the quarter ended March 31, 2025, an increase of $1.0 million, or 13.7%, from $7.5 million for the quarter ended March 31, 2024. The increase was primarily attributable to the loss on securities transactions of $1.3 million included in the 2024 period, and an increase of $475,000 in fees related to commercial account treasury services.

    Non-interest expense was $43.8 million for the quarter ended March 31, 2025, a decrease of $1.8 million, or 4.0%, from $45.7 million for the quarter ended March 31, 2024. The decrease was primarily attributable to a decrease in professional fees of $2.1 million, as legal, regulatory and compliance-related costs decreased in the 2025 period, and a decrease in federal deposit insurance premiums of $475,000.

    Income tax expense was $3.1 million for the quarter ended March 31, 2025, an increase of $3.2 million, as compared to an income tax benefit of $129,000 for the quarter ended March 31, 2024, mainly due to an increase in pre-tax income. The Company’s effective tax rate was 25.9% and 10.0% for the quarters ended March 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively. The effective tax rate for the 2024 period was primarily impacted by permanent income tax differences.

    Balance Sheet Summary

    Total assets increased $132.4 million, or 1.3%, to $10.6 billion at March 31, 2025 as compared to $10.5 billion at December 31, 2024. The increase in total assets was primarily attributable to an increase in debt securities available for sale of $51.4 million, and an increase in loans receivable, net, of $108.3 million, partially offset by a decrease in cash and cash equivalents of $33.1 million.

    Cash and cash equivalents decreased $33.1 million, or 11.5%, to $256.1 million at March 31, 2025 from $289.2 million at December 31, 2024. The decrease was primarily attributable to purchases of securities of $84.7 million, and origination of loans receivable, partially offset by proceeds from principal repayments on securities of $41.2 million, and repayments on loans receivable.

    Debt securities available for sale increased $51.4 million, or 5.0%, to $1.1 billion at March 31, 2025 from $1.0 billion at December 31, 2024. The increase was attributable to purchases of securities of $64.8 million, consisting primarily of U.S. government obligations and mortgage-backed securities, and a decrease in the gross unrealized loss on securities of $15.9 million, partially offset by repayments on securities of $29.1 million, and a partial call of a security of $756,000.

    Loans receivable, net, increased $108.3 million, or 1.4%, to $8.0 billion at March 31, 2025 from $7.9 billion at December 31, 2024. Multifamily loans and commercial real estate loans increased $107.2 million and $89.5 million, respectively, partially offset by decreases in one-to-four family real estate loans, construction loans, commercial business loans, and home equity loans and advances of $34.4 million, $36.5 million, $8.0 million, and $5.6 million, respectively. The allowance for credit losses for loans increased $2.1 million to $62.0 million at March 31, 2025 from $60.0 million at December 31, 2024, primarily due to an increase in the outstanding balance of loans.

    Total liabilities increased $112.4 million, or 1.2%, to $9.5 billion at March 31, 2025 from $9.4 billion at December 31, 2024. The increase was primarily attributable to an increase in total deposits of $98.8 million, or 1.2%, and an increase in borrowings of $27.0 million, or 2.5%, partially offset by a decrease in other liabilities of $15.2 million. The increase in total deposits consisted of increases in non-interest-bearing demand deposits, money market accounts and certificates of deposit of $52.2 million, $92.0 million, and $41.3 million, respectively, partially offset by decreases in interest-bearing demand deposits and savings and club accounts of $85.9 million and $788,000, respectively. The $27.0 million increase in borrowings was driven by a net increase in short-term borrowings of $67.0 million, coupled with new long-term borrowings of $20.0 million, partially offset by repayments of $60.0 million in maturing long-term borrowings.

    Total stockholders’ equity increased $20.0 million, or 1.8%, with a balance of $1.1 billion at both March 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024. The increase in total stockholders’ equity was primarily attributable to net income of $8.9 million, and an increase of $9.3 million in other comprehensive income, which includes changes in unrealized losses on debt securities available for sale and unrealized gains on swap contracts, net of taxes, included in other comprehensive income.

    Asset Quality

    The Company’s non-performing loans at March 31, 2025 totaled $24.9 million, or 0.31% of total gross loans, as compared to $21.7 million, or 0.28% of total gross loans, at December 31, 2024. The $3.2 million increase in non-performing loans was primarily attributable to a $5.9 million construction loan designated as non-performing during the 2025 period, an increase in non-performing one-to-four family real estate loans of $835,000, and an increase in non-performing commercial real estate loans of $452,000, partially offset by a decrease in non-performing commercial business loans of $4.4 million. The $5.9 million non-performing construction loan represents the construction of a mixed use five-story building with both commercial space and apartments. The increase in non-performing one-to-four family real estate loans was due to an increase in the number of loans from 32 non-performing loans at December 31, 2024 to 38 loans at March 31, 2025. The increase in non-performing commercial real estate loans was due to an increase in the number of loans from four non-performing loans at December 31, 2024 to seven loans at March 31, 2025. The decrease in non-performing commercial business loans was primarily attributable to one loan with an outstanding balance of $4.3 million which was paid in full during the 2025 period. Non-performing assets as a percentage of total assets totaled 0.25% at March 31, 2025, as compared to 0.22% at December 31, 2024.

    For the quarter ended March 31, 2025, net charge-offs totaled approximately $857,000, as compared to $5.0 million in net charge-offs recorded for the quarter ended March 31, 2024.

    The Company’s allowance for credit losses on loans was $62.0 million, or 0.78% of total gross loans, at March 31, 2025, compared to $60.0 million, or 0.76% of total gross loans, at December 31, 2024. The increase in the allowance for credit losses for loans was primarily due to an increase in the outstanding balance of loans.

    Additional Liquidity, Loan, and Deposit Information

    The Company services a diverse retail and commercial deposit base through its 69 branches. With over 207,000 accounts, the average deposit account balance was approximately $40,000 at March 31, 2025.

    Deposit balances are summarized as follows:

      At March 31, 2025   At December 31, 2024
      Balance   Weighted
    Average
    Rate
      Balance   Weighted
    Average
    Rate
      (Dollars in thousands)
                   
    Non-interest-bearing demand $ 1,490,243   %   $ 1,438,030   %
    Interest-bearing demand   1,935,384   2.08       2,021,312   2.19  
    Money market accounts   1,333,668   2.84       1,241,691   2.82  
    Savings and club deposits   651,713   0.70       652,501   0.75  
    Certificates of deposit   2,783,927   4.08       2,742,615   4.24  
    Total deposits $ 8,194,935   2.40 %   $ 8,096,149   2.47 %
                           

    The Company continues to maintain strong liquidity and capital positions. The Company had no outstanding borrowings from the Federal Reserve Discount Window at March 31, 2025. As of March 31, 2025, the Company had immediate access to approximately $2.8 billion of funding, with additional unpledged loan collateral of approximately $2.2 billion.

    At March 31, 2025, the Company’s non-performing commercial real estate loans totaled $3.4 million, or 0.04%, of total loans receivable.

    The following table presents multifamily real estate, owner occupied commercial real estate, and the components of investor owned commercial real estate loans included in the real estate loan portfolio.

      At March 31, 2025
      (Dollars in thousands)
      Balance   % of Gross Loans   Weighted Average
    Loan to Value Ratio
      Weighted
    Average
    Debt Service
    Coverage
     
    Multifamily Real Estate $ 1,567,862   19.6 %   58.0 %   1.58 x
                     
    Owner Occupied Commercial Real Estate $ 689,509   8.6 %   53.7 %   2.23 x
                     
    Investor Owned Commercial Real Estate:                
    Retail / Shopping centers $ 518,841   6.5 %   53.4 %   1.50 x
    Mixed Use   220,391   2.8     58.0     1.57  
    Industrial / Warehouse   423,634   5.3     54.8     1.65  
    Non-Medical Office   189,617   2.4     51.1     1.65  
    Medical Office   118,547   1.5     60.0     1.46  
    Single Purpose   95,041   1.2     54.8     3.14  
    Other   173,849   2.2     51.3     1.75  
    Total $ 1,739,920   21.9 %   54.4 %   1.67 x
                     
    Total Multifamily and Commercial Real Estate Loans $ 3,997,291   50.1 %   55.7 %   1.73 x
                           

    As of March 31, 2025, the Company had less than $1.0 million in loan exposure to office or rent stabilized multifamily loans in New York City.

    About Columbia Financial, Inc.

    The consolidated financial results include the accounts of Columbia Financial, Inc., its wholly-owned subsidiary Columbia Bank (the “Bank”) and the Bank’s wholly-owned subsidiaries. Columbia Financial, Inc. is a Delaware corporation organized as Columbia Bank’s mid-tier stock holding company. Columbia Financial, Inc. is a majority-owned subsidiary of Columbia Bank, MHC. Columbia Bank is a federally chartered savings bank headquartered in Fair Lawn, New Jersey that operates 69 full-service banking offices and offers traditional financial services to consumers and businesses in its market area.

    Forward Looking Statements

    Certain statements herein constitute forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and Section 21E of the Exchange Act and are intended to be covered by the safe harbor provisions of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Such statements may be identified by words such as “believes,” “will,” “would,” “expects,” “projects,” “may,” “could,” “developments,” “strategic,” “launching,” “opportunities,” “anticipates,” “estimates,” “intends,” “plans,” “targets” and similar expressions. These statements are based upon the current beliefs and expectations of the Company’s management and are subject to significant risks and uncertainties. Actual results may differ materially from those set forth in the forward-looking statements as a result of numerous factors. Factors that could cause such differences to exist include, but are not limited to, adverse conditions in the capital and debt markets and the impact of such conditions on the Company’s business activities; changes in interest rates, higher inflation and their impact on national and local economic conditions; changes in monetary and fiscal policies of the U.S. Treasury, the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System and other governmental entities; the impact of tariffs, sanctions and other trade policies of the United States and its global trading counterparts; the impact of legal, judicial and regulatory proceedings or investigations, competitive pressures from other financial institutions; the effects of general economic conditions on a national basis or in the local markets in which the Company operates, including changes that adversely affect a borrowers’ ability to service and repay the Company’s loans; the effect of acts of terrorism, war or pandemics, including on our credit quality and business operations, as well as its impact on general economic and financial market conditions; changes in the value of securities in the Company’s portfolio; changes in loan default and charge-off rates; fluctuations in real estate values; the adequacy of loan loss reserves; decreases in deposit levels necessitating increased borrowing to fund loans and securities; legislative changes and changes in government regulation; changes in accounting standards and practices; the risk that goodwill and intangibles recorded in the Company’s consolidated financial statements will become impaired; cyber-attacks, computer viruses and other technological risks that may breach the security of our systems and allow unauthorized access to confidential information; the inability of third party service providers to perform; demand for loans in the Company’s market area; the Company’s ability to attract and maintain deposits and effectively manage liquidity; risks related to the implementation of acquisitions, dispositions, and restructurings; the successful implementation of our December 2024 balance sheet repositioning transaction; the risk that the Company may not be successful in the implementation of its business strategy, or its integration of acquired financial institutions and businesses, and changes in assumptions used in making such forward-looking statements which are subject to numerous risks and uncertainties, including but not limited to, those set forth in Item 1A of the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K and those set forth in the Company’s Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q and Current Reports on Form 8-K, all as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”), which are available at the SEC’s website, www.sec.gov. Should one or more of these risks materialize or should underlying beliefs or assumptions prove incorrect, the Company’s actual results could differ materially from those discussed. Readers are cautioned not to place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements, which speak only as of the date of this release. The Company disclaims any obligation to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statements to reflect changes in underlying assumptions or factors, new information, future events or other changes, except as required by law.

    Non-GAAP Financial Measures

    Reported amounts are presented in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”). This press release also contains certain supplemental non-GAAP information that the Company’s management uses in its analysis of the Company’s financial results. Specifically, the Company provides measures based on what it believes are its operating earnings on a consistent basis and excludes material non-routine operating items which affect the GAAP reporting of results of operations. The Company’s management believes that providing this information to analysts and investors allows them to better understand and evaluate the Company’s core financial results for the periods presented. Because non-GAAP financial measures are not standardized, it may not be possible to compare these financial measures with other companies’ non-GAAP financial measures having the same or similar names.

    The Company also provides measurements and ratios based on tangible stockholders’ equity. These measures are commonly utilized by regulators and market analysts to evaluate a company’s financial condition and, therefore, the Company’s management believes that such information is useful to investors.

    A reconciliation of GAAP to non-GAAP financial measures are included at the end of this press release. See “Reconciliation of GAAP to Non-GAAP Financial Measures”.

     
    COLUMBIA FINANCIAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
    Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition
    (In thousands)
     
      March 31,   December 31,
      2025   2024
    Assets (Unaudited)    
    Cash and due from banks $ 255,978     $ 289,113  
    Short-term investments   111       110  
    Total cash and cash equivalents   256,089       289,223  
           
    Debt securities available for sale, at fair value   1,077,331       1,025,946  
    Debt securities held to maturity, at amortized cost (fair value of $364,428, and $350,153 at March 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, respectively)   400,975       392,840  
    Equity securities, at fair value   6,981       6,673  
    Federal Home Loan Bank stock   61,628       60,387  
           
    Loans receivable   8,027,308       7,916,928  
    Less: allowance for credit losses   62,034       59,958  
    Loans receivable, net   7,965,274       7,856,970  
           
    Accrued interest receivable   41,902       40,383  
    Office properties and equipment, net   82,592       81,772  
    Bank-owned life insurance   276,767       274,908  
    Goodwill and intangible assets   120,487       121,008  
    Other real estate owned   1,334       1,334  
    Other assets   316,490       324,049  
    Total assets $ 10,607,850     $ 10,475,493  
           
    Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity      
    Liabilities:      
    Deposits $ 8,194,935     $ 8,096,149  
    Borrowings   1,107,588       1,080,600  
    Advance payments by borrowers for taxes and insurance   47,275       45,453  
    Accrued expenses and other liabilities   157,709       172,915  
    Total liabilities   9,507,507       9,395,117  
           
    Stockholders’ equity:      
    Total stockholders’ equity   1,100,343       1,080,376  
    Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity $ 10,607,850     $ 10,475,493  
     
    COLUMBIA FINANCIAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
    Consolidated Statements of Income (Loss)
    (In thousands, except per share data)
     
      Three Months Ended
    March 31,
      2025   2024
    Interest income: (Unaudited)
    Loans receivable $ 95,110     $ 92,949  
    Debt securities available for sale and equity securities   9,742       7,785  
    Debt securities held to maturity   2,811       2,369  
    Federal funds and interest-earning deposits   2,858       3,563  
    Federal Home Loan Bank stock dividends   1,642       1,961  
    Total interest income   112,163       108,627  
    Interest expense:      
    Deposits   50,145       48,418  
    Borrowings   11,693       18,009  
    Total interest expense   61,838       66,427  
           
    Net interest income   50,325       42,200  
           
    Provision for credit losses   2,933       5,278  
           
    Net interest income after provision for credit losses   47,392       36,922  
           
    Non-interest income:      
    Demand deposit account fees   1,888       1,413  
    Bank-owned life insurance   1,859       1,780  
    Title insurance fees   646       503  
    Loan fees and service charges   1,056       961  
    Loss on securities transactions         (1,256 )
    Change in fair value of equity securities   308       351  
    Gain on sale of loans   515       185  
    Other non-interest income   2,199       3,515  
    Total non-interest income   8,471       7,452  
           
    Non-interest expense:      
    Compensation and employee benefits   28,583       27,513  
    Occupancy   6,185       5,973  
    Federal deposit insurance premiums   1,880       2,355  
    Advertising   531       626  
    Professional fees   2,515       4,634  
    Data processing and software expenses   4,061       3,967  
    Merger-related expenses         22  
    Other non-interest expense, net   90       568  
    Total non-interest expense   43,845       45,658  
           
    Income (loss) before income tax expense (benefit)   12,018       (1,284 )
           
    Income tax expense (benefit)   3,118       (129 )
           
    Net income (loss) $ 8,900     $ (1,155 )
           
    Earnings (loss) per share-basic $ 0.09     $ (0.01 )
    Earnings (loss) per share-diluted $ 0.09     $ (0.01 )
    Weighted average shares outstanding-basic   101,816,716       101,746,740  
    Weighted average shares outstanding-diluted   101,816,716       101,988,425  
     
    COLUMBIA FINANCIAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
    Average Balances/Yields
     
      For the Three Months Ended March 31,
        2025       2024  
      Average
    Balance
      Interest
    and
    Dividends
      Yield / Cost   Average
    Balance
      Interest
    and
    Dividends
      Yield / Cost
      (Dollars in thousands)
    Interest-earnings assets:                      
    Loans $ 7,894,561     $ 95,110   4.89 %   $ 7,802,865     $ 92,949   4.79 %
    Securities   1,477,537       12,553   3.45 %     1,543,734       10,154   2.65 %
    Other interest-earning assets   317,433       4,500   5.75 %     366,343       5,524   6.06 %
    Total interest-earning assets   9,689,531       112,163   4.69 %     9,712,942       108,627   4.50 %
    Non-interest-earning assets   873,451               855,618          
    Total assets $ 10,562,982             $ 10,568,560          
                           
    Interest-bearing liabilities:                      
    Interest-bearing demand $ 2,060,528     $ 13,172   2.59 %   $ 1,998,749     $ 13,384   2.69 %
    Money market accounts   1,282,241       7,606   2.41 %     1,234,943       8,769   2.86 %
    Savings and club deposits   649,257       1,108   0.69 %     688,535       1,236   0.72 %
    Certificates of deposit   2,756,895       28,259   4.16 %     2,516,323       25,029   4.00 %
    Total interest-bearing deposits   6,748,921       50,145   3.01 %     6,438,550       48,418   3.02 %
    FHLB advances   1,060,911       11,554   4.42 %     1,447,143       17,847   4.96 %
    Junior subordinated debentures   7,040       139   8.01 %     7,018       162   9.28 %
    Total borrowings   1,067,951       11,693   4.44 %     1,454,161       18,009   4.98 %
    Total interest-bearing liabilities   7,816,872     $ 61,838   3.21 %     7,892,711     $ 66,427   3.38 %
                           
    Non-interest-bearing liabilities:                      
    Non-interest-bearing deposits   1,432,837               1,392,274          
    Other non-interest-bearing liabilities   222,604               240,798          
    Total liabilities   9,472,313               9,525,783          
    Total stockholders’ equity   1,090,669               1,042,777          
    Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity $ 10,562,982             $ 10,568,560          
                           
    Net interest income     $ 50,325           $ 42,200    
    Interest rate spread         1.48 %           1.12 %
    Net interest-earning assets $ 1,872,659             $ 1,820,231          
    Net interest margin         2.11 %           1.75 %
    Ratio of interest-earning assets to interest-bearing liabilities   123.96 %             123.06 %        
     
    COLUMBIA FINANCIAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
    Components of Net Interest Rate Spread and Margin
     
      Average Yields/Costs by Quarter
      March 31,
    2025
      December 31,
    2024
      September 30,
    2024
      June 30,
    2024
      March 31,
    2024
    Yield on interest-earning assets:                  
    Loans 4.89 %   4.88 %   5.00 %   4.93 %   4.79 %
    Securities 3.45     2.99     2.90     2.89     2.65  
    Other interest-earning assets 5.75     6.00     6.72     6.30     6.06  
    Total interest-earning assets 4.69 %   4.61 %   4.70 %   4.64 %   4.50 %
                       
    Cost of interest-bearing liabilities:                  
    Total interest-bearing deposits 3.01 %   3.13 %   3.21 %   3.14 %   3.02 %
    Total borrowings 4.44     4.65     4.87     4.92     4.98  
    Total interest-bearing liabilities 3.21 %   3.38 %   3.52 %   3.49 %   3.38 %
                       
    Interest rate spread 1.48 %   1.23 %   1.18 %   1.15 %   1.12 %
    Net interest margin 2.11 %   1.88 %   1.84 %   1.81 %   1.75 %
                       
    Ratio of interest-earning assets to interest-bearing liabilities 123.96 %   124.02 %   123.06 %   123.03 %   123.06 %
     
    COLUMBIA FINANCIAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
    Selected Financial Highlights
       
      March 31,
    2025
      December 31,
    2024
      September 30,
    2024
      June 30,
    2024
      March 31,
    2024
    SELECTED FINANCIAL RATIOS (1):                  
    Return on average assets 0.34 %   (0.79 )%   0.23 %   0.17 %   (0.04 )%
    Core return on average assets 0.35 %   0.42 %   0.23 %   0.20 %   0.02 %
    Return on average equity 3.31 %   (7.86 )%   2.32 %   1.77 %   (0.45 )%
    Core return on average equity 3.37 %   4.09 %   2.29 %   2.06 %   0.18 %
    Core return on average tangible equity 3.78 %   4.74 %   2.58 %   2.34 %   0.20 %
    Interest rate spread 1.48 %   1.23 %   1.18 %   1.15 %   1.12 %
    Net interest margin 2.11 %   1.88 %   1.84 %   1.81 %   1.75 %
    Non-interest income to average assets 0.33 %   (0.88 )%   0.33 %   0.35 %   0.28 %
    Non-interest expense to average assets 1.68 %   1.73 %   1.60 %   1.74 %   1.74 %
    Efficiency ratio 74.57 %   205.17 %   78.95 %   86.83 %   91.96 %
    Core efficiency ratio 74.20 %   73.68 %   79.14 %   85.34 %   88.39 %
    Average interest-earning assets to average interest-bearing liabilities 123.96 %   124.02 %   123.06 %   123.03 %   123.06 %
    Net charge-offs to average outstanding loans 0.04 %   0.07 %   0.14 %   0.03 %   0.26 %
                       
    (1) Ratios are annualized when appropriate.
       
    ASSET QUALITY DATA:  
      March 31,
    2025
      December 31,
    2024
      September 30,
    2024
      June 30,
    2024
      March 31,
    2024
      (Dollars in thousands)
                       
    Non-accrual loans $ 24,856     $ 21,701     $ 28,014     $ 25,281     $ 22,935  
    90+ and still accruing                            
    Non-performing loans   24,856       21,701       28,014       25,281       22,935  
    Real estate owned   1,334       1,334       1,974       1,974        
    Total non-performing assets $ 26,190     $ 23,035     $ 29,988     $ 27,255     $ 22,935  
                       
    Non-performing loans to total gross loans   0.31 %     0.28 %     0.36 %     0.33 %     0.30 %
    Non-performing assets to total assets   0.25 %     0.22 %     0.28 %     0.25 %     0.22 %
    Allowance for credit losses on loans (“ACL”) $ 62,034     $ 59,958     $ 58,495     $ 57,062     $ 55,401  
    ACL to total non-performing loans   249.57 %     276.29 %     208.81 %     225.71 %     241.56 %
    ACL to gross loans   0.78 %     0.76 %     0.75 %     0.73 %     0.71 %
       
    LOAN DATA:  
      March 31,
    2025
      December 31,
    2024
      September 30,
    2024
      June 30,
    2024
      March 31,
    2024
      (In thousands)
    Real estate loans:          
    One-to-four family $ 2,676,566     $ 2,710,937     $ 2,737,190     $ 2,764,177     $ 2,778,932  
    Multifamily   1,567,862       1,460,641       1,399,000       1,409,316       1,429,369  
    Commercial real estate   2,429,429       2,339,883       2,312,759       2,316,252       2,318,178  
    Construction   437,081       473,573       510,439       462,880       437,566  
    Commercial business loans   614,049       622,000       586,447       554,768       538,260  
    Consumer loans:                  
    Home equity loans and advances   253,439       259,009       261,041       260,427       260,786  
    Other consumer loans   2,547       3,404       2,877       2,689       2,601  
    Total gross loans   7,980,973       7,869,447       7,809,753       7,770,509       7,765,692  
    Purchased credit deteriorated loans   10,395       11,686       11,795       12,150       14,945  
    Net deferred loan costs, fees and purchased premiums and discounts   35,940       35,795       35,642       36,352       34,992  
    Allowance for credit losses   (62,034 )     (59,958 )     (58,495 )     (57,062 )     (55,401 )
    Loans receivable, net $ 7,965,274     $ 7,856,970     $ 7,798,695     $ 7,761,949     $ 7,760,228  
           
    CAPITAL RATIOS:      
      March 31,   December 31,
      2025 (1)   2024 
    Company:      
    Total capital (to risk-weighted assets) 14.12 %   14.20 %
    Tier 1 capital (to risk-weighted assets) 13.30 %   13.40 %
    Common equity tier 1 capital (to risk-weighted assets) 13.21 %   13.31 %
    Tier 1 capital (to adjusted total assets) 10.29 %   10.02 %
           
    Columbia Bank:      
    Total capital (to risk-weighted assets) 14.37 %   14.41 %
    Tier 1 capital (to risk-weighted assets) 13.51 %   13.56 %
    Common equity tier 1 capital (to risk-weighted assets) 13.51 %   13.56 %
    Tier 1 capital (to adjusted total assets) 9.88 %   9.64 %
           
    (1) Estimated ratios at March 31, 2025      
     
    Reconciliation of GAAP to Non-GAAP Financial Measures
           
    Book and Tangible Book Value per Share
      March 31,   December 31,
      2025   2024
      (Dollars in thousands)
       
    Total stockholders’ equity $ 1,100,343     $ 1,080,376  
    Less: goodwill   (110,715 )     (110,715 )
    Less: core deposit intangible   (8,443 )     (8,964 )
    Total tangible stockholders’ equity $ 981,185     $ 960,697  
           
    Shares outstanding   104,930,900       104,759,185  
           
    Book value per share $ 10.49     $ 10.31  
    Tangible book value per share $ 9.35     $ 9.17  
           
    Reconciliation of Core Net Income      
      Three Months Ended March 31,
        2025       2024  
      (In thousands)
           
    Net income (loss) $ 8,900     $ (1,155 )
    Add: loss on securities transactions, net of tax         1,130  
    Add: FDIC special assessment, net of tax         393  
    Add: severance expense, net of tax   163       67  
    Add: merger-related expenses, net of tax         20  
    Core net income $ 9,063     $ 455  
    Return on Average Assets      
      Three Months Ended March 31,
      2025   2024
      (Dollars in thousands)
           
    Net income (loss) $ 8,900     $ (1,155 )
           
    Average assets $ 10,562,982     $ 10,568,560  
           
    Return on average assets   0.34 %   (0.04 )%
           
    Core net income $ 9,063     $ 455  
           
    Core return on average assets   0.35 %     0.02 %
     
    Reconciliation of GAAP to Non-GAAP Financial Measures (continued)
           
    Return on Average Equity      
      Three Months Ended March 31,
      2025   2024
      (Dollars in thousands)
           
    Total average stockholders’ equity $ 1,090,669     $ 1,042,777  
    Add: loss on securities transactions, net of tax         1,130  
    Add: FDIC special assessment, net of tax         393  
    Add: severance expense, net of tax   163       67  
    Add: merger-related expenses, net of tax         20  
    Core average stockholders’ equity $ 1,090,832     $ 1,044,387  
           
    Return on average equity   3.31 %   (0.45 )%
           
    Core return on core average equity   3.37 %     0.18 %
     
    Return on Average Tangible Equity
      Three Months Ended March 31,
      2025   2024
      (Dollars in thousands)
           
    Total average stockholders’ equity $ 1,090,669     $ 1,042,777  
    Less: average goodwill   (110,715 )     (110,715 )
    Less: average core deposit intangible   (8,784 )     (10,956 )
    Total average tangible stockholders’ equity $ 971,170     $ 921,106  
           
    Core return on average tangible equity   3.78 %     0.20 %
     
    Reconciliation of GAAP to Non-GAAP Financial Measures (continued)
           
    Efficiency Ratios      
      Three Months Ended March 31,
      2025   2024
      (Dollars in thousands)
           
    Net interest income $ 50,325     $ 42,200  
    Non-interest income   8,471       7,452  
    Total income $ 58,796     $ 49,652  
           
    Non-interest expense $ 43,845     $ 45,658  
           
    Efficiency ratio   74.57 %     91.96 %
           
    Non-interest income $ 8,471     $ 7,452  
    Add: loss on securities transactions         1,256  
    Core non-interest income $ 8,471     $ 8,708  
           
    Non-interest expense $ 43,845     $ 45,658  
    Less: FDIC special assessment, net         (565 )
    Less: severance expense   (220 )     (74 )
    Less: merger-related expenses         (22 )
    Core non-interest expense $ 43,625     $ 44,997  
           
    Core efficiency ratio   74.20 %     88.39 %
                   

    Columbia Financial, Inc.
    Investor Relations Department
    (833) 550-0717

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI: Delisting of Securities of TLGY Acquisition Corporation; Target Global Acquisition I Corp.; Inception Growth Acquisition Limited; Healthcare AI Acquisition Corp.; Globalink Investment Inc.; BurTech Acquisition Corp; Mountain & Co. I Acquisition Corp.; Pearl Holdings Acquisition Corp; Alpha Star Acquisition Corporation; CF Acquisition Corp. VII; Kairous Acquisition Corp. Limited; Finnovate Acquisition Corp.; Exela Technologies, Inc.; Investcorp Europe Acquisition Corp I; Molecular Templates, Inc.

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    NEW YORK, April 30, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — The Nasdaq Stock Market announced today that it will delist the Class A common stock of Alpine 4 Holdings, Inc. Alpine 4 Holdings, Inc.’s stock was suspended on October 18, 2024 and has not traded on Nasdaq since that time.

    Nasdaq also announced today that it will delist the common stock of Orgenesis Inc. Orgenesis Inc.’s stock was suspended on October 21, 2024 and has not traded on Nasdaq since that time.

    Nasdaq also announced today that it will delist the common stock of ShiftPixy, Inc. ShiftPixy, Inc.’s stock was suspended on October 28, 2024 and has not traded on Nasdaq since that time.

    Nasdaq also announced today that it will delist the common stock of Novo Integrated Sciences, Inc. Novo Integrated Sciences, Inc.’s stock was suspended on November 6, 2024 and has not traded on Nasdaq since that time.

    Nasdaq also announced today that it will delist the Class A ordinary shares, units, and warrants of Mountain & Co. I Acquisition Corp. Mountain & Co. I Acquisition Corp.’s securities were suspended on November 7, 2024 and have not traded on Nasdaq since that time.

    Nasdaq also announced today that it will delist the common stock and 6.00% Series B Cumulative Convertible Perpetual Preferred Stock of Exela Technologies, Inc. Exela Technologies, Inc.’s securities were suspended on November 8, 2024 and have not traded on Nasdaq since that time.

    Nasdaq also announced today that it will delist the Class A ordinary shares, units, and warrants of Finnovate Acquisition Corp. Finnovate Acquisition Corp.’s securities were suspended on November 12, 2024 and has not traded on Nasdaq since that time.

    Nasdaq also announced today that it will delist the Class A common stock of Mondee Holdings, Inc. Mondee Holdings, Inc.’s stock was suspended on December 6, 2024 and has not traded on Nasdaq since that time.

    Nasdaq also announced today that it will delist the Class A ordinary shares, units, and warrants of TLGY Acquisition Corporation. TLGY Acquisition Corporation’s securities were suspended on December 9, 2024 and have not traded on Nasdaq since that time.

    Nasdaq also announced today that it will delist the Class A ordinary shares, warrants, and units of Target Global Acquisition I Corp. Target Global Acquisition I Corp.’s securities were suspended on December 17, 2024 and have not traded on Nasdaq since that time.

    Nasdaq also announced today that it will delist the common stock, warrants, units, and rights of Inception Growth Acquisition Limited. Inception Growth Acquisition Limited’s securities were suspended on December 17, 2024 and have not traded on Nasdaq since that time.

    Nasdaq also announced today that it will delist the Class A ordinary shares, units, and warrants of Healthcare AI Acquisition Corp. Healthcare AI Acquisition Corp.’s securities were suspended on December 17, 2024 and have not traded on Nasdaq since that time.

    Nasdaq also announced today that it will delist the common stock, warrants, rights, and units of Globalink Investment Inc. Globalink Investment Inc.’s securities were suspended on December 17, 2024 and have not traded on Nasdaq since that time.

    Nasdaq also announced today that it will delist the unit of BurTech Acquisition Corp. BurTech Acquisition Corp.’s security was suspended on December 18, 2024 and has not traded on Nasdaq since that time.

    Nasdaq also announced today that it will delist the Class A ordinary shares, units, and warrants of Pearl Holdings Acquisition Corp. Pearl Holdings Acquisition Corp’s securities were suspended on December 23, 2024 and have not traded on Nasdaq since that time.

    Nasdaq also announced today that it will delist the ordinary shares, warrants, rights, and units of Alpha Star Acquisition Corporation. Alpha Star Acquisition Corporation’s securities were suspended on December 23, 2024 and have not traded on Nasdaq since that time.

    Nasdaq also announced today that it will delist the Class A common stock, warrants, and units of CF Acquisition Corp VII. CF Acquisition Corp. VII’s securities were suspended on December 23, 2024 and have not traded on Nasdaq since that time.

    Nasdaq also announced today that it will delist the ordinary shares, rights, units, and warrants of Kairous Acquisition Corp Limited. Kairous Acquisition Corp. Limited’s securities were suspended on December 23, 2024 and have not traded on Nasdaq since that time.

    Nasdaq also announced today that it will delist the Class A ordinary shares, units, and warrants of Investcorp Europe Acquisition Corp I. Investcorp Europe Acquisition Corp I’s securities were suspended on December 24, 2024 and have not traded on Nasdaq since that time.

    Nasdaq also announced today that it will delist the unit of FTAC Emerald Acquisition Corp. FTAC Emerald Acquisition Corp.’s security was suspended on December 24, 2024 and has not traded on Nasdaq since that time.

    Nasdaq also announced today that it will delist the common stock of Molecular Templates, Inc. Molecular Templates, Inc.’s stock was suspended on December 26, 2024 and has not traded on Nasdaq since that time.

    Nasdaq also announced today that it will delist the common stock, warrants, and rights of NorthView Acquisition Corporation. NorthView Acquisition Corporation’s securities were suspended on December 27, 2024 and have not traded on Nasdaq since that time.

    For more information about The Nasdaq Stock Market, visit the Nasdaq Web site at http://www.nasdaq.com. Nasdaq’s rules governing the delisting of securities can be found in the Nasdaq Rule 5800 Series, available on the Nasdaq Web site: https://listingcenter.nasdaq.com/rulebook/nasdaq/rules/nasdaq-5800-series.

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI: Ninepoint Partners Announces Final Closing of over $41 Million for Ninepoint 2025 Flow-Through Limited Partnership

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    TORONTO, April 30, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Ninepoint Partners LP (“Ninepoint”) is pleased to announce that the Ninepoint 2025 Flow-Through Limited Partnership (the “Partnership”) has completed the third and final closing in connection with its offering of Class A and Class F limited partnership units (the “Units”) pursuant to a prospectus dated January 30, 2025. The Partnership raised $4,375,500 on the sale of an additional 175,020 Units for aggregate gross proceeds of $41,381,200.    The Units are being offered at a price per Unit of $25.00 with a minimum subscription of 100 Units ($2,500).

    The Partnership intends to provide liquidity to limited partners through a roll-over to the Ninepoint Resource Fund Class in the period between January 15, 2027 to February 28, 2027.

    Ninepoint is a leading manager of Flow-Through Funds in Canada. Since its inception in 2017, Ninepoint has successfully raised more Flow-Through Fund capital than any other asset manager in Canada. Flow Through strategies continue to provide an effective time-tested tax planning strategy to Canadian investors and have delivered strong after-tax returns.

    Investment Objective of the Partnership
    The Partnership’s investment objective is to achieve capital appreciation and significant tax benefits for limited partners by investing in a diversified portfolio of Flow-Through Shares (as defined in the Prospectus) and other securities, if any, of Resource Issuers (as defined in the Prospectus).

    Attractive Tax-Reduction Benefits
    Flow-through partnerships are one of the most effective tax reduction strategies available to Canadians. Ninepoint anticipates that investors participating in the Partnership will be eligible to receive a tax deduction of approximately 100% of the amount invested.

    Resource Expertise
    The Partnership will be sub-advised by Sprott Asset Management LP (“Sprott”), one of Canada’s leading investment advisors in small and mid-cap resource companies. Over its long history of investing in the resource sector, Sprott has developed relationships with hundreds of companies. Its experienced team of portfolio managers is supported by a team of technical experts with extensive backgrounds in mining and geology.

    Portfolio manager Jason Mayer will manage the portfolio of the Partnership and will be supported by Sprott’s broader team of experienced resource investment professionals.

    Agents
    The offering is being made through a syndicate of agents led by RBC Dominion Securities Inc. which includes
    CIBC World Markets Inc., TD Securities Inc., National Bank Financial Inc., Scotia Capital Inc., BMO Nesbitt Burns Inc., Manulife Wealth Inc., iA Private Wealth Inc., Raymond James Ltd., Richardson Wealth Limited, Canaccord Genuity Corp., Desjardins Securities Inc., Ventum Financial Corp. and Wellington-Altus Private Wealth Inc.

    About Ninepoint Partners LP
    Based in Toronto, Ninepoint Partners LP is one of Canada’s leading alternative investment management firms overseeing approximately $7 billion in assets under management and institutional contracts. Committed to helping investors explore innovative investment solutions that have the potential to enhance returns and manage portfolio risk, Ninepoint offers a diverse set of alternative strategies spanning Equities, Fixed Income, Alternative Income, Real Assets, F/X and Digital Assets.

    For more information on Ninepoint Partners LP, please visit www.ninepoint.com or for inquiries regarding the offering, please contact us at (416) 943-6707 or (866) 299-9906 or invest@ninepoint.com.

    Certain statements included in this news release constitute forward-looking statements, including, but not limited to, those identified by the expressions “expects”, “intends”, “anticipates”, “will” and similar expressions to the extent that they relate to the Partnership. The forward-looking statements are not historical facts but reflect the Partnership’s, Ninepoint’s and Sprott’s current expectations regarding future results or events. These forward-looking statements are subject to a number of risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results or events to differ materially from current expectations. Although the Partnership, Ninepoint and Sprott believe the assumptions inherent in the forward-looking statements are reasonable, forward-looking statements are not guarantees of future performance and, accordingly, readers are cautioned not to place undue reliance on such statements due to the inherent uncertainty therein. Neither the Partnership, nor Ninepoint or Sprott undertake any obligation to update publicly or otherwise revise any forward-looking statement or information whether as a result of new information, future events or other such factors which affect this information, except as required by law.

    This offering is only made by prospectus. The Partnership’s prospectus contains important detailed information about the securities being offered. Copies of the prospectus may be obtained from one of the dealers noted above. Investors should read the prospectus before making an investment decision.

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI: Bogota Financial Corp. Reports Results for the Three Months Ended March 31, 2025

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    TEANECK, N.J., April 30, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Bogota Financial Corp. (NASDAQ: BSBK) (the “Company”), the holding company for Bogota Savings Bank (the “Bank”), reported net income for the three months ended March 31, 2025 of $731,000, or $0.06 per basic and diluted share, compared to a net loss of $441,000, or $0.03 per basic and diluted share, for the comparable prior year period. The increase in net income was primarily due to a decrease in deposit costs and increases in the yield on loans and security income, which resulted in a $942,000 increase in net interest income over the previous year. The Company also recorded a one-time death benefit accrual from its bank-owned life insurance policy for a former employee of approximately $543,000.

    The Bank has completed its previous repurchase program and has no repurchase program outstanding. As of March 31, 2025, 238,258 shares had been repurchased pursuant to the previous program at a cost of $1.7 million.

    Other Financial Highlights:

    • Total assets decreased $41.3 million, or 4.3%, to $930.2 million at March 31, 2025 from $971.5 million at December 31, 2024, due to a decrease in cash and cash equivalents, loans and securities.
    • Cash and cash equivalents decreased $26.6 million, or 51.0%, to $25.6 million at March 31, 2025 from $52.2 million at December 31, 2024 as excess funds were used to pay down borrowings.
    • Securities decreased $2.6 million, or 1.8%, to $137.7 million at March 31, 2025 from $140.3 million at December 31, 2024.
    • Net loans decreased $10.2 million, or 1.4%, to $701.5 million at March 31, 2025 from $711.7 million at December 31, 2024.
    • Total deposits at March 31, 2025 were $633.0 million, decreasing $9.2 million, or 1.4%, as compared to $642.2 million at December 31, 2024, due to a $9.5 million decrease in interest-bearing deposits, primarily due to a $17.3 million decrease in certificates of deposit, and a $1.2 million decrease in money market accounts, offset by a $6.6 million increase in NOW accounts and a $2.4 million increase in savings accounts. The average cost of deposits increased 13 basis points to 3.55% for the first quarter of 2025 from 3.42% for the three months ended December 31, 2024.
    • Federal Home Loan Bank advances decreased $32.4 million, or 18.8% to $139.8 million at March 31, 2025 from $172.2 million as of December 31, 2024.

    Kevin Pace, President and Chief Executive Officer, said “We continue to have a positive outlook on achieving the long-term goals we have set. We have also experienced immediate improvements from the balance sheet restructuring completed at the end of 2024. With a full quarter completed, the positive impact of the restructuring is reflected on our financials. The current market turmoil has created uncertainty around rates. We remain very mindful of this as we project our growth and look to improve our net interest margin.”

    “Credit quality remains a focus, as it has historically, while we anticipate modest loan growth in the short term. Growth and diversification of our assets are a priority of our strategic plan and we remain dedicated to that vision.”

    Income Statement Analysis

    Comparison of Operating Results for the Three Months Ended March 31, 2025 and March 31, 2024

    Net income increased by $1.2 million to net income of $731,000 for the three months ended March 31, 2025 compared to a net loss of $441,000 for the three months ended March 31, 2024. This increase was primarily due to an increase of $942,000 in net interest income, and a $590,000 increase in non-interest income, partially offset by an increase of $300,000 in occupancy and equipment costs, and a decrease of $259,000 in income tax benefit.

    Interest income increased $862,000, or 8.6%, from $10.1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2024 to $10.9 million for the three months ended March 31, 2025 primarily due to higher yields on interest-earning assets, offset by a decrease in interest-earning assets. 

    Interest income on cash and cash equivalents increased $115,000, or 76.7%, to $265,000 for the three months ended March 31, 2025 from $150,000 for the three months ended March 31, 2024 due to a $6.7 million increase in the average balance to $16.6 million for the three months ended March 31, 2025 from $9.9 million for the three months ended March 31, 2024, reflecting the decrease in loans and securities. The increase was augmented by a 27 basis point increase in the average yield from 6.10% for the three months ended March 31, 2024 to 6.37% for the three months ended March 31, 2025 due to the higher interest rate environment.

    Interest income on loans increased $396,000, or 4.8%, to $8.6 million for the three months ended March 31, 2025 compared to $8.2 million for the three months ended March 31, 2024 due primarily to a 27 basis point increase in the average yield from 4.61% for the three months ended March 31, 2024 to 4.88% for the three months ended March 31, 2025, which was offset by a $8.3 million decrease in the average balance to $705.1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2025 from $713.4 million for the three months ended March 31, 2024.

    Interest income on securities increased $304,000, or 19.9%, to $1.8 million for the three months ended March 31, 2025 from $1.5 million for the three months ended March 31, 2024 primarily due to a 138 basis point increase in the average yield from 3.67% for the three months ended March 31, 2024 to 5.05% for the three months ended March 31, 2025 due to the rebalancing of the balance sheet in the fourth quarter of 2024. This was partially offset by a $21.4 million decrease in the average balance to $145.3 million for the three months ended March 31, 2025 from $166.7 million for the three months ended March 31, 2024. 

    Interest expense decreased $80,000, or 1.1%, from $7.4 million for the three months ended March 31, 2024 to $7.3 million for the three months ended March 31, 2025 due to lower average balances on certificates of deposits, offset by an increase in the cost of funds. During the three months ended March 31, 2025, the use of hedges reduced the interest expense on the Federal Home Loan Bank and brokered deposit advances by $177,000. At March 31, 2025, cash flow hedges used to manage interest rate risk had a notional value of $65.0 million, while fair value hedges totaled $60.0 million in notional value.

    Interest expense on interest-bearing deposits decreased $208,000, or 3.5%, to $5.8 million for the three months ended March 31, 2025 from $6.0 million for the three months ended March 31, 2024. The average balances of certificates of deposit decreased $32.2 million to $484.3 million for the three months ended March 31, 2025 from $516.5 million for the three months ended March 31, 2024 while the average balance of NOW/money market accounts and savings accounts increased $10.0 million and $2.5 million for the three months ended March 31, 2025, respectively, compared to the three months ended March 31, 2024.

    Interest expense on Federal Home Loan Bank advances increased $128,000, or 8.9%, from $1.4 million for the three months ended March 31, 2024 to $1.6 million for the three months ended March 31, 2025. The increase was primarily due to an increase in the average cost of borrowings of 24 basis points to 4.02% for the three months ended March 31, 2025 from 3.78% for the three months ended March 31, 2024 due to new borrowings being at shorter durations. The increase was also due to an increase in the average balance of $4.8 million to $158.1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2025 from $153.3 million for the three months ended March 31, 2024. 

    Net interest income increased $942,000, or 35.5%, to $3.6 million for the three months ended March 31, 2025 from $2.7 million for the three months ended March 31, 2024. The increase reflected a 44 basis point increase in our net interest rate spread to 1.12% for the three months ended March 31, 2025 from 0.68% for the three months ended March 31, 2024. Our net interest margin increased 48 basis points to 1.66% for the three months ended March 31, 2025 from 1.18% for the three months ended March 31, 2024.

    We recorded a recovery for credit losses for the three months ended March 31, 2025 of $80,000 compared to a provision for credit losses of $35,000 for the three months ended March 31, 2024 due to decreases in loan balances and unfunded commitments.

    Non-interest income increased by $590,000, or 197.4%, to $889,000 for the three months ended March 31, 2025 from $299,000 for the three months ended March 31, 2024. Bank-owned life insurance income increased $550,000, or 259.5%, due to a death benefit received related to a former employee. Gain on sale of loans increased $29,000 compared to no gain on sale of loans for the comparable period last year.

    For the three months ended March 31, 2025, non-interest expense increased $217,000, or 5.9%, over the comparable 2024 period. This was due to a $300,000, or 80.9% increase in occupancy and equipment costs, which increased as we began leasing certain offices as part of the sale-leaseback transaction completed in the fourth quarter of 2024, which was offset by a $78,000, or 3.6%, decrease in salaries and employee benefit costs, which decreased as a result of reduced headcount, taxes and a reduction in stock-based compensation expense. 

    Income tax benefit decreased $259,000, to a benefit of $28,000 for the three months ended March 31, 2025 from a $287,000 benefit for the three months ended March 31, 2024. The decrease was due to an increase of $1.4 million in taxable income, offset by the benefits of income from bank-owned life insurance, which is tax free. 

    Balance Sheet Analysis

    Total assets were $930.2 million at March 31, 2025, representing a decrease of $41.3 million, or 4.3%, from December 31, 2024. Cash and cash equivalents decreased $26.6 million during the period primarily due to the paydown of borrowings and decrease in deposits. Net loans decreased $10.2 million, or 1.44%, due to a $6.6 million decrease in the balance of residential loans, as well as a $9.7 million decrease in the balance of construction loans and a decrease of $1.1 million in commercial and industrial loans. The decrease was partially offset by new production of $7.8 million of commercial real estate loans. Due to the interest rate environment, we have experienced a decrease in demand for residential and construction loans, which have been primary drivers of our loan growth in recent periods. Securities available for sale decreased $2.6 million, or 1.8%. 

    Delinquent loans decreased $842,000 to $13.5 million, or 1.92% of total loans, at March 31, 2025, compared to $14.3 million, or 2.01% of total loans, at December 31, 2024. The decrease was mostly due to the payoff of one commercial real estate loan with a balance of $455,000 and residential loans totaling $387,000 being brought current. During the same timeframe, non-performing assets decreased from $14.0 million at December 31, 2024 to $13.9 million, which represented 1.49% of total assets at March 31, 2025. No loans were charged-off during the three months ended March 31, 2025 or March 31, 2024. The Company’s allowance for credit losses related to loans was 0.37% of total loans and 18.65% of non-performing loans at March 31, 2025 compared to 0.37% of total loans and 21.81% of non-performing loans at December 31, 2024. The Bank does not have any exposure to commercial real estate loans secured by office space. 

    Total liabilities decreased $42.3 million, or 5.1%, to $791.9 million mainly due to a $32.4 million decrease in borrowings and a $9.2 million decrease in total deposits. The decrease in deposits reflected a decrease in certificate of deposit accounts, which decreased by $17.3 million to $476.0 million from $493.3 million at December 31, 2024, and a $1.2 million, or 8.3%, decrease in money market accounts. This was offset by an increase in NOW deposit accounts, which increased by $6.6 million to $62.0 million from $55.4 million at December 31, 2024, and by an increase in savings accounts, which increased by $2.4 million from $46.9 million at December 31, 2024 to $49.3 million at March 31, 2025. At March 31, 2025, brokered deposits were $94.2 million or 14.9% of deposits and municipal deposits were $39.2 million or 6.2% of deposits. At March 31, 2025, uninsured deposits represented 7.9% of the Bank’s total deposits. Federal Home Loan Bank advances decreased $32.4 million, or 18.8%, due to paydown of existing borrowings. Total borrowing capacity at the Federal Home Loan Bank is $261.9 million of which $139.8 million has been advanced.

    Total stockholders’ equity increased $965,000 to $138.3 million, due to net income of $731,000 and a decrease in accumulated other comprehensive loss of $360,000. At March 31, 2025, the Company’s ratio of average stockholders’ equity-to-average total assets was 14.59%, compared to 13.99% at December 31, 2024.

    About Bogota Financial Corp.

    Bogota Financial Corp. is a Maryland corporation organized as the mid-tier holding company of Bogota Savings Bank and is the majority-owned subsidiary of Bogota Financial, MHC. Bogota Savings Bank is a New Jersey chartered stock savings bank that has served the banking needs of its customers in northern and central New Jersey since 1893. It operates from seven offices located in Bogota, Hasbrouck Heights, Upper Saddle River, Newark, Oak Ridge, Parsippany and Teaneck, New Jersey and operates a loan production office in Spring Lake, New Jersey.

    Forward-Looking Statements

    This press release contains certain forward-looking statements about the Company and the Bank. Forward-looking statements include statements regarding anticipated future events and can be identified by the fact that they do not relate strictly to historical or current facts. They often include words such as “believe,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “estimate,” and “intend” or future or conditional verbs such as “will,” “would,” “should,” “could,” or “may.” Forward-looking statements, by their nature, are subject to risks and uncertainties. Certain factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from expected results include increased competitive pressures, changes in the interest rate environment, inflation, general economic conditions including potential recessionary conditions, the imposition of tariffs or other domestic or international governmental policies, conditions within the securities markets, real estate market values in the Bank’s lending area, changes in liquidity, including the size and composition of our deposit portfolio and the percentage of uninsured deposits in the portfolio; the availability of low-cost funding; our continued reliance on brokered and municipal deposits; demand for loans in our market area; changes in the quality of our loan and security portfolios, economic assumptions or changes in our methodology for calculating our allowance for credit losses calculation, increases in non-performing and classified loans, monetary and fiscal policies of the U.S. Government including policies of the U.S. Treasury and the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, a failure in or breach of the Company’s operational or security systems or infrastructure, including cyberattacks, the failure to maintain current technologies, failure to retain or attract employees and legislative, accounting and regulatory changes that could adversely affect the business in which the Company and the Bank are engaged.

    The Company undertakes no obligation to revise these forward-looking statements or to reflect events or circumstances after the date of this press release.

     
    BOGOTA FINANCIAL CORP.
    CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
    (unaudited)
     
        As of     As of  
        March 31, 2025     December 31, 2024  
    Assets                
    Cash and due from banks   $ 8,304,517     $ 18,020,527  
    Interest-bearing deposits in other banks     17,305,310       34,211,681  
    Cash and cash equivalents     25,609,827       52,232,208  
    Securities available for sale, at fair value     137,732,521       140,307,447  
    Loans, net of allowance for credit losses of $2,590,950 and $2,620,949, respectively     701,484,425       711,716,236  
    Premises and equipment, net     4,662,435       4,727,302  
    Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB) stock and other restricted securities     7,343,700       8,803,000  
    Accrued interest receivable     4,151,280       4,232,563  
    Core deposit intangibles     140,827       152,893  
    Bank-owned life insurance     31,112,915       31,859,604  
    Right of use asset     10,624,725       10,776,596  
    Other assets     7,329,182       6,682,035  
    Total Assets   $ 930,191,837     $ 971,489,884  
    Liabilities and Equity                
    Non-interest bearing deposits   $ 32,983,669     $ 32,681,963  
    Interest bearing deposits     600,051,531       609,506,079  
    Total deposits     633,035,200       642,188,042  
    FHLB advances-short term     24,500,000       29,500,000  
    FHLB advances-long term     115,273,377       142,673,182  
    Advance payments by borrowers for taxes and insurance     2,707,508       2,809,205  
    Lease liabilities     10,667,946       10,780,363  
    Other liabilities     5,754,000       6,249,932  
    Total liabilities     791,938,031       834,200,724  
                     
    Stockholders’ Equity                
    Preferred stock $0.01 par value 1,000,000 shares authorized, none issued and outstanding at March 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024            
    Common stock $0.01 par value, 30,000,000 shares authorized, 13,008,964 issued and outstanding at March 31, 2025 and 13,059,175 at December 31, 2024     130,089       130,592  
    Additional paid-in capital     55,068,598       55,269,962  
    Retained earnings     90,737,595       90,006,648  
    Unearned ESOP shares (376,338 shares at March 31, 2025 and 382,933 shares at December 31, 2024)     (4,445,293 )     (4,520,594 )
    Accumulated other comprehensive loss     (3,237,183 )     (3,597,448 )
    Total stockholders’ equity     138,253,806       137,289,160  
    Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity   $ 930,191,837     $ 971,489,884  
     
    BOGOTA FINANCIAL CORP.
    CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
    (unaudited)
     
        Three Months Ended  
        March 31,  
        2025     2024  
    Interest income                
    Loans, including fees   $ 8,603,129     $ 8,207,392  
    Securities                
    Taxable     1,830,394       1,516,343  
    Tax-exempt     2,895       13,148  
    Other interest-earning assets     487,171       324,304  
    Total interest income     10,923,589       10,061,187  
    Interest expense                
    Deposits     5,762,324       5,969,881  
    FHLB advances     1,568,027       1,440,069  
    Total interest expense     7,330,351       7,409,950  
    Net interest income     3,593,238       2,651,237  
    (Recovery) provision for credit losses     (80,000 )     35,000  
    Net interest income after (recovery) provision for credit losses     3,673,238       2,616,237  
    Non-interest income                
    Fees and service charges     55,819       58,587  
    Gain on sale of loans     29,062        
    Bank-owned life insurance     762,231       211,959  
    Other     42,260       28,532  
    Total non-interest income     889,372       299,078  
    Non-interest expense                
    Salaries and employee benefits     2,080,199       2,158,565  
    Occupancy and equipment     671,469       371,117  
    FDIC insurance assessment     106,586       100,597  
    Data processing     315,697       303,605  
    Advertising     105,500       110,100  
    Director fees     159,444       155,700  
    Professional fees     198,730       196,785  
    Other     222,045       246,622  
    Total non-interest expense     3,859,670       3,643,091  
    Income (loss) before income taxes     702,940       (727,776 )
    Income tax benefit     (28,007 )     (286,796 )
    Net income (loss)   $ 730,947     $ (440,980 )
    Earnings (loss) per Share – basic   $ 0.06     $ (0.03 )
    Earnings (loss) per Share – diluted   $ 0.06     $ (0.03 )
    Weighted average shares outstanding – basic     12,649,573       12,852,930  
    Weighted average shares outstanding – diluted     12,650,520       12,852,930  
     
    BOGOTA FINANCIAL CORP.
    SELECTED RATIOS
    (unaudited)
     
        At or For the Three Months  
        Ended March 31,  
        2025     2024  
    Performance Ratios (1):                
    Return (loss) on average assets (2)     0.08 %     (0.19 )%
    Return (loss) on average equity (3)     0.53 %     (1.29 )%
    Interest rate spread (4)     1.12 %     0.68 %
    Net interest margin (5)     1.66 %     1.18 %
    Efficiency ratio (6)     86.10 %     137.41 %
    Average interest-earning assets to average interest-bearing liabilities     114.03 %     114.57 %
    Net loans to deposits     110.81 %     106.42 %
    Average equity to average assets (7)     14.59 %     14.36 %
    Capital Ratios:                
    Tier 1 capital to average assets     15.00 %     13.23 %
    Asset Quality Ratios:                
    Allowance for credit losses as a percent of total loans     0.37 %     0.40 %
    Allowance for credit losses as a percent of non-performing loans     18.65 %     22.69 %
    Net charge-offs to average outstanding loans during the period     %     %
    Non-performing loans as a percent of total loans     1.97 %     1.75 %
    Non-performing assets as a percent of total assets     1.49 %     1.30 %
    (1)   Certain performance ratios for the three months ended March 31, 2025 and 2024 are annualized.
    (2)   Represents net income (loss) divided by average total assets.
    (3)   Represents net income (loss) divided by average stockholders’ equity.
    (4)   Represents the difference between the weighted average yield on average interest-earning assets and the weighted average cost of average interest-bearing liabilities. Tax exempt income is reported on a tax equivalent basis using a combined federal and state marginal tax rate of 27.5% for 2025 and 2024.
    (5)   Represents net interest income as a percent of average interest-earning assets. Tax exempt income is reported on a tax equivalent basis using a combined federal and state marginal tax rate of 27.5% for 2025 and 2024.
    (6)   Represents non-interest expenses divided by the sum of net interest income and non-interest income.
    (7)   Represents average stockholders’ equity divided by average total assets.
         

    LOANS

    Loans are summarized as follows at March 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024:

        March 31,     December 31,  
        2025     2024  
        (unaudited)  
    Real estate:                
    Residential First Mortgage   $ 466,177,175     $ 472,747,542  
    Commercial Real Estate     125,783,750       118,008,866  
    Multi-Family Real Estate     73,465,142       74,152,418  
    Construction     33,501,463       43,183,657  
    Commercial and Industrial     5,070,847       6,163,747  
    Consumer     76,998       80,955  
    Total loans     704,075,375       714,337,185  
    Allowance for credit losses     (2,590,950 )     (2,620,949 )
    Net loans   $ 701,484,425     $ 711,716,236  
                     

    The following tables set forth the distribution of total deposit accounts, by account type, at the dates indicated:

        At March 31,     At December 31,  
        2025     2024  
        Amount     Percent     Average Rate     Amount     Percent     Average Rate  
                                                     
        (unaudited)  
    Noninterest bearing demand accounts   $ 32,983,669       5.21 %     %   $ 32,681,963       5.09 %     %
    NOW accounts     61,950,627       9.79 %     2.61       55,378,051       8.62 %     2.53  
    Money market accounts     12,835,160       2.03 %     0.50       13,996,460       2.18 %     0.58  
    Savings accounts     49,281,181       7.78 %     1.96       46,851,793       7.30 %     1.90  
    Certificates of deposit     475,984,563       75.19 %     4.17       493,279,775       76.81 %     4.37  
    Total   $ 633,035,200       100.00 %     3.55 %   $ 642,188,042       100.00 %     3.42 %
                                                     

    Average Balance Sheets and Related Yields and Rates

    The following tables present information regarding average balances of assets and liabilities, the total dollar amounts of interest income and dividends from average interest-earning assets, the total dollar amounts of interest expense on average interest-bearing liabilities, and the resulting annualized average yields and costs. The yields and costs for the periods indicated are derived by dividing income or expense by the average balances of assets or liabilities, respectively, for the periods presented. Average balances have been calculated using daily balances. Nonaccrual loans are included in average balances only. Loan fees are included in interest income on loans and are not material.

        Three Months Ended March 31,  
        2025     2024  
        Average
    Balance
        Interest and
    Dividends
        Yield/ Cost
    (1)
        Average
    Balance
        Interest and
    Dividends
        Yield/ Cost
    (1)
     
        (Dollars in thousands)  
    Assets:   (unaudited)  
    Cash and cash equivalents   $ 16,601     $ 265       6.37 %   $ 9,865     $ 150       6.10 %
    Loans     705,095       8,603       4.88 %     713,430       8,207       4.61 %
    Securities     145,280       1,833       5.05 %     166,666       1,529       3.67 %
    Other interest-earning assets     8,305       222       10.72 %     8,101       175       8.63 %
    Total interest-earning assets     875,281       10,923       4.99 %     898,062       10,061       4.49 %
                                                     
    Non-interest-earning assets     68,251                       55,694                  
    Total assets   $ 943,532                     $ 953,756                  
    Liabilities and equity:                                                
    NOW and money market accounts   $ 79,400     $ 458       2.34 %   $ 69,450     $ 334       1.94 %
    Savings accounts     45,832       225       1.99 %     43,348       198       1.84 %
    Certificates of deposit (1)     484,253       5,079       4.25 %     516,496       5,438       4.23 %
    Total interest-bearing deposits     609,485       5,762       3.83 %     629,294       5,970       3.82 %
                                                     
    Federal Home Loan Bank advances (1)     158,116       1,568       4.02 %     153,269       1,440       3.78 %
    Total interest-bearing liabilities     767,601       7,330       3.87 %     782,563       7,410       3.81 %
    Non-interest-bearing deposits     32,763                       30,018                  
    Other non-interest-bearing liabilities     5,463                       4,175                  
    Total liabilities     805,827                       816,756                  
                                                     
    Total equity     137,705                       136,810                  
    Total liabilities and equity   $ 943,532                     $ 953,566                  
    Net interest income           $ 3,593                     $ 2,651          
    Interest rate spread (2)                     1.12 %                     0.68 %
    Net interest margin (3)                     1.66 %                     1.18 %
    Average interest-earning assets to average interest-bearing liabilities     114.03 %                     114.76 %                
    1.   Cash flow and fair value hedges are used to manage interest rate risk. During the three months ended March 31, 2025 and 2024, the net effect on interest expense on the Federal Home Loan Bank advances and certificates of deposit was a reduced expense of $177,000 and $288,000, respectively.
    2.   Interest rate spread represents the difference between the weighted average yield on interest-earning assets and the weighted average cost of interest-bearing liabilities.
    3.   Net interest margin represents net interest income divided by average total interest-earning assets.
         

    Rate/Volume Analysis

    The following table sets forth the effects of changing rates and volumes on net interest income. The rate column shows the effects attributable to changes in rate (changes in rate multiplied by prior volume). The volume column shows the effects attributable to changes in volume (changes in volume multiplied by prior rate). The net column represents the sum of the prior columns. Changes attributable to changes in both rate and volume that cannot be segregated have been allocated proportionally based on the changes due to rate and the changes due to volume.

        Three Months Ended March 31, 2025  
        Compared to  
        Three Months Ended March 31, 2024  
        Increase (Decrease) Due to  
        Volume     Rate     Net  
        (In thousands)  
    Interest income:   (unaudited)  
    Cash and cash equivalents   $ 108     $ 7     $ 115  
    Loans receivable     (575 )     971       396  
    Securities     (1,093 )     1,397       304  
    Other interest earning assets     4       43       47  
    Total interest-earning assets     (1,555 )     2,417       862  
                             
    Interest expense:                        
    NOW and money market accounts     51       73       124  
    Savings accounts     11       16       27  
    Certificates of deposit     (526 )     167       (359 )
    Federal Home Loan Bank advances     43       85       128  
    Total interest-bearing liabilities     (421 )     341       (80 )
    Net decrease in net interest income   $ (1,134 )   $ 2,076     $ 942  
                             

    Contacts
    Kevin Pace – President & CEO, 201-862-0660 ext. 1110

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI: Enact Announces 14% Increase to Quarterly Dividend and New $350 Million Share Repurchase Program

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    RALEIGH, N.C., April 30, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Enact Holdings, Inc. (Nasdaq: ACT) announced that its Board of Directors declared a quarterly dividend of $0.21 per common share, an increase of 14% from the prior quarter’s dividend. This dividend will be payable on June 11, 2025, to shareholders of record on May 19, 2025.

    Additionally, Enact’s Board of Directors authorized a new share repurchase program under which the company may purchase up to $350 million of its common stock. The new share repurchase authorization is in addition to the company’s current $250 million share repurchase program, of which $6 million remains as of April 25, 2025.

    “Our increased dividend and new share repurchase program reflect our continued commitment to creating value for our shareholders,” said Rohit Gupta, Enact’s President and Chief Executive Officer. “With today’s announcement, we have raised our quarterly dividend every year since its inception three years ago, underscoring the strength of our financial performance and confidence in our business. Going forward we will continue to take a thoughtful and disciplined approach to our capital allocation priorities.”

    Enact’s new share repurchase program authorizes the purchase of up to $350 million of the company’s common stock utilizing a variety of methods, including open market purchases, and privately negotiated transactions, and may be made under Rule 10b5-1 and Rule 10b-18 trading plans, at such times and in such amounts as management deems appropriate. In support, Enact has entered into an agreement with Genworth Holdings, Inc. to repurchase its Enact shares as part of the program to maintain Genworth’s current ownership interest in Enact.

    Enact expects the timing and amount of any share repurchases will be opportunistic and will depend on a variety of factors, including Enact’s share price, capital availability, business and market conditions, regulatory requirements, and debt covenant restrictions. The program does not obligate Enact to acquire any amount of common stock, it may be suspended or terminated at any time at the Company’s discretion without prior notice, and it does not have a specified expiration date.

    About Enact Holdings, Inc.
    Enact (Nasdaq: ACT), operating principally through its wholly-owned subsidiary Enact Mortgage Insurance Corporation since 1981, is a leading U.S. private mortgage insurance provider committed to helping more people achieve the dream of homeownership. Building on a deep understanding of lenders’ businesses and a legacy of financial strength, we partner with lenders to bring best-in class service, leading underwriting expertise, and extensive risk and capital management to the mortgage process, helping to put more people in homes and keep them there. By empowering customers and their borrowers, Enact seeks to positively impact the lives of those in the communities in which it serves in a sustainable way. Enact is headquartered in Raleigh, North Carolina.

    This press release was published by a CLEAR® Verified individual.

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI: National Bank Holdings Corporation Announces 3.4% Increase to Quarterly Dividend

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    DENVER, April 30, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — National Bank Holdings Corporation (NYSE: NBHC) announced today that its Board of Directors approved a cash dividend to shareholders. The quarterly cash dividend will increase 3.4% from twenty-nine cents ($0.29) to thirty cents ($0.30) per share of common stock. The dividend will be payable on June 13, 2025 to shareholders of record at the close of business on May 30, 2025.

    “We are pleased to deliver another increase to our quarterly dividend. Over the last five years, the quarterly dividend per common share has increased by 50%, which demonstrates our commitment to drive meaningful shareholder returns as a result of our strong balance sheet, solid capital position, and diversified funding sources,” said Chairman and CEO, Tim Laney.

    About National Bank Holdings Corporation

    National Bank Holdings Corporation is a bank holding company created to build a leading community bank franchise delivering high quality client service and committed to stakeholder results. Through its bank subsidiaries, NBH Bank and Bank of Jackson Hole Trust, National Bank Holdings Corporation operates a network of over 85 banking centers, serving individual consumers, small, medium and large businesses, and government and non-profit entities. Its banking centers are located in its core footprint of Colorado, the greater Kansas City region, Utah, Wyoming, Texas, New Mexico and Idaho. Its comprehensive residential mortgage banking group primarily serves the bank’s core footprint. Its trust and wealth management business is operated in its core footprint under the Bank of Jackson Hole Trust charter. NBH Bank operates under a single state charter through the following brand names as divisions of NBH Bank: in Colorado, Community Banks of Colorado and Community Banks Mortgage; in Kansas and Missouri, Bank Midwest and Bank Midwest Mortgage; in Texas, Utah, New Mexico and Idaho, Hillcrest Bank and Hillcrest Bank Mortgage; and in Wyoming, Bank of Jackson Hole and Bank of Jackson Hole Mortgage. Additional information about National Bank Holdings Corporation can be found at www.nationalbankholdings.com.

    For more information visit: cobnks.com, bankmw.com, hillcrestbank.com, bankofjacksonhole.com, or nbhbank.com, or connect with any of our brands on LinkedIn.

    Forward Looking Statements

    This press release contains “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Forward-looking statements contain words such as “anticipate,” “believe,” “can,” “would,” “should,” “could,” “may,” “predict,” “seek,” “potential,” “will,” “estimate,” “target,” “plan,” “project,” “continuing,” “ongoing,” “expect,” “intend” or similar expressions that relate to the Company’s strategy, plans or intentions. Forward-looking statements involve certain important risks, uncertainties and other factors, any of which could cause actual results to differ materially from those in such statements. Such factors include, without limitation, the “Risk Factors” referenced in our most recent Form 10-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC), and other risks and uncertainties listed from time to time in our reports and documents filed with the SEC. The Company can give no assurance that any goal or plan or expectation set forth in forward-looking statements can be achieved and readers are cautioned not to place undue reliance on such statements. The forward-looking statements are made as of the date of this press release, and the Company does not intend, and assumes no obligation, to update any forward-looking statement to reflect events or circumstances after the date on which the statement is made or to reflect the occurrence of unanticipated events or circumstances, except as required by applicable law.

    Contact:  
       
    Analysts/Institutional Investors:  
    Emily Gooden, 720-554-6640  
    Chief Accounting Officer and Investor Relations Director  
    ir@nationalbankholdings.com  
       
    Nicole Van Denabeele, 720-529-3370,  
    Chief Financial Officer
    ir@nationalbankholdings.com
     
       
    or  
       
    Media:  
    Jody Soper, 303-784-5925  
    Chief Marketing Officer  
    Jody.Soper@nbhbank.com  
       
    Source: National Bank Holdings Corporation  

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-Evening Report: When it comes to health information, who should you trust? 4 ways to spot a dodgy ‘expert’

    Source: The Conversation (Au and NZ) – By Hassan Vally, Associate Professor, Epidemiology, Deakin University

    Surface/Unsplash

    When it comes to our health, we’re constantly being warned about being taken in by misinformation. Yet for most of us what we believe ultimately comes down to who we trust, including which “experts” we trust.

    The problem is that not everyone who presents themselves as an expert is actually an expert. And an expert in one area isn’t necessarily an expert in everything.

    The reality is that we often rely on superficial cues to decide who to trust. We’re often swayed by how confidently someone speaks, their perceived authority, or how compelling their story sounds. For some, it’s simply the loudest voice that carries the most weight.

    Even if we feel we have some understanding of science, few of us have the time or the capacity to verify every claim made by every so-called “expert”.

    So how can we distinguish credible experts from those that are not? Here are four things I look out for.

    1. Dodgy experts don’t acknowledge uncertainty

    One thing that separates trustworthy experts from dodgy ones, is their humility. They have a healthy respect of the limitations of science, the gaps in the evidence, and even the limitations of their own expertise.

    And importantly, they communicate this clearly.




    Read more:
    Uncertain? Many questions but no clear answers? Welcome to the mind of a scientist


    In contrast, one of the most common characteristics of the dodgy expert is they are misleadingly certain. They often present issues in overly simplistic, black-and-white terms, and they draw conclusions with misplaced confidence.

    This, of course, is part of their appeal. A neat clear-cut message that downplays uncertainty, complexity and nuance can be persuasive – and often even more persuasive than a messy but accurate message.

    One of the clearest examples of unfounded certainty was the confident claim by some “experts” early in the pandemic that COVID was no worse than the flu, a conclusion which ignored uncertainties in the emerging data.

    2. The dodgy experts doesn’t strive to be objective

    Credible experts follow a well-established and disciplined approach when communicating science. They present their understanding clearly, support it with evidence, and endeavour to remove emotion and bias from their thinking.

    A core principle of scientific thinking is striving for objectivity – and language reflects this. Experts generally aim to provide high-quality information to assist the public to make informed decisions for themselves, rather than manipulating them to reach specific conclusions.

    Dodgy experts often rely on overly emotional language, inject political agendas, or resort to personal attacks against critics in order to elicit strong emotions. This is a powerful tool for manipulating opinions when the evidence is lacking.

    One of the most harmful examples of this is the use of emotional testimonials by dodgy experts who claim people have “beaten cancer naturally”, offering false hope and often leading patients to abandon proven treatments.

    3. Dodgy experts cherry-pick evidence

    Despite what those seeking to mislead you would have you believe, scientists only reach consensus when a large body of high-quality evidence points in the same direction.

    So one of the most crucial skills experts possess is the ability to critically evaluate evidence. That means understanding its strengths and weaknesses, assessing its reliability, and synthesising what the full evidence base indicates. This task requires a deep understanding of their area of expertise.

    Dodgy experts don’t do this. They tend to dismiss inconvenient evidence that contradicts their narrative and readily embrace flawed, or even discredited, studies. In short: they often cherry-pick evidence to suit their position.

    Unfortunately, this tactic can be hard to spot if you don’t have an understanding of the full evidence base, which is something dodgy experts exploit.

    Scientists only reach consensus when a large body of evidence points in the same direction.
    Matej Kastelic/Shutterstock

    A red flag that you are being misled by a dodgy expert is when there is a clear over-reliance on a single study, despite its low quality.

    Perhaps the most well-known example of cherry-picking is the way dodgy experts rely on a single, discredited study to push the false claim that the MMR (measles, mumps and rubella) vaccine causes autism, while ignoring the vast body of high-quality evidence that clearly shows no such link.




    Read more:
    Monday’s medical myth: the MMR vaccine causes autism


    4. Dodgy experts don’t change their mind when the evidence changes

    Dodgy experts are often rigidly attached to their beliefs, even when new evidence emerges.

    In contrast, genuine experts welcome new evidence and are willing to change their views accordingly. This openness is often unfairly portrayed as weakness, but it reflects an expert’s desire to understand the world accurately.

    A striking example of this is the shift in our understanding of stomach ulcers. For years, ulcers were blamed on stress and spicy food, but that changed when Australian gastroenterologist and researcher Barry Marshall, in a bold move, swallowed Helicobacter pylori to demonstrate its potential role.

    His self-experiment (which is generally not recommended!) was the first step in a broader body of research that ultimately proved bacteria, not lifestyle, was the primary cause of ulcers. This ultimately led to Marshall and his colleague pathologist and researcher Robin Warren being awarded a Nobel Prize.

    As this example highlights, when presented with the evidence, clinicians and scientists acknowledged they’d got the underlying cause of stomach ulcers wrong. Clinical practice subsequently improved, with doctors prescribing antibiotics to kill the ulcer-causing bacteria.

    This is how science informs practice so we can continually improve health outcomes.

    In a nutshell

    True expertise is marked by intellectual humility, a commitment to high-quality evidence, a willingness to engage with nuance and uncertainty, flexibility, and a capacity to respectfully navigate differing opinions.

    In contrast, dodgy experts claim to have all the answers, dismiss uncertainty, cherry-pick studies, personally attack those who disagree with them, and rely more on emotion and ideology than evidence.

    Hassan Vally does not work for, consult, own shares in or receive funding from any company or organisation that would benefit from this article, and has disclosed no relevant affiliations beyond their academic appointment.

    ref. When it comes to health information, who should you trust? 4 ways to spot a dodgy ‘expert’ – https://theconversation.com/when-it-comes-to-health-information-who-should-you-trust-4-ways-to-spot-a-dodgy-expert-253437

    MIL OSI AnalysisEveningReport.nz

  • MIL-Evening Report: Playing politics with AI: why NZ needs rules on the use of ‘fake’ images in election campaigns

    Source: The Conversation (Au and NZ) – By Bronwyn Isaacs, Lecturer, Anthropology, University of Waikato

    Laurence Dutton/Getty Images

    Seeing is no longer believing in the age of images and videos generated by artificial intelligence (AI), and this is having an impact on elections in New Zealand and elsewhere.

    Ahead of the 2025 local body elections, voters are being warned by overseas politicians and local experts not to automatically trust that what they are looking at is real.

    Deepfakes – images or video created with the use of AI to mislead or spread false information – were used in last year’s United States presidential election. Early in the campaign, a deepfake voice clip impersonating then president Joe Biden told voters not to cast a ballot vote in New Hampshire’s primaries.

    There have also been concerns about the role of deepfakes on the campaign trail in Australia. The Labor Party, for example, released an AI-generated video of opposition leader Peter Dutton dancing on its TikTok account.

    But the worry is not just that deepfakes will spread lies about politicians or other real people. AI is also used to create “synthetic deepfakes” – images of fake people who do not exist.

    Using artificially generated images and videos of both real and fake people raises questions around transparency and the ethical treatment of cultural and ethnic groups.

    Cultural offence with AI isn’t a hypothetical concern. Australian voters have found some AI used in political advertising to be “cringe” and culturally clumsy, with one white female politician using auto-tuned rapping in her campaign.

    Australians have also reported an increase in deepfake political content. The majority were unable to detect AI content.

    Several countries including Australia and Canada are considering laws to manage the harms of AI use in political messaging.

    Others have already passed legislation banning or limiting AI in elections. South Korea for example, banned the use of deepfakes in political advertising 90 days before an election. Singapore has banned digitally-altered material misrepresenting political candidates.

    While New Zealand has several voluntary frameworks to address the growing use of AI in media, there are no explicit rules to prevent its use in political campaigns. To avoid cultural offence and to offer transparency, it is crucial for political parties to establish and follow clear ethical standards on AI use in their messaging.

    Existing frameworks

    The film industry is a good starting point for policymakers looking to establish a clear framework for AI in political messaging.

    In my ongoing research about culture and technology in film production, industry workers have spoken about New Zealand’s world-leading standards on culturally aware film production processes and the positive impact this had on shaping AI standards.

    Released in March 2025, the New Zealand Film Commission’s Artificial Intelligence Guiding Principles takes a “people first” approach to AI which prioritises the needs, wellbeing and empowerment of individuals when developing and implementing AI systems.

    The principles also stress respect for matauranga Māori and transparency in the use of AI so that audiences are “informed about the use of AI in screen content they consume”.

    The government’s Public Service AI framework, meanwhile, requires government agencies to publicly disclose how AI systems are used and to practice human-centred values such as dignity and self-determination.

    AI in NZ politics

    Meanwhile, the use of AI by some of New Zealand’s political parties has already raised concerns.

    During the 2023 election campaign, the National Party admitted using AI in their attack advertisements. And recent social media posts using AI by New Zealand’s ACT party were criticised for their lack of transparency and cultural sensitivity.

    An ACT Instagram post about interest rate cuts featured an AI generated image of a Māori couple from the software company Adobe’s stock photo collection.

    Act whip Todd Stephenson responded that using stock imagery or AI-generated imagery was not inherently misleading. But he said that the party “would never use an actor or AI to impersonate a real person”.

    My own search of the Adobe collection came up with other images used by ACT in its Instagram posts, including an AI generated image labelled as “studio photography portrait of a 40 years old Polynesian woman”.

    There are two key concerns with using AI like this. The first is that ACT didn’t declare the use of AI in its Instagram posts. A lack of transparency around the use of deepfakes of any kind can undermine trust in the political system. Voters end up uncertain about what is real and what is fake.

    Secondly, the images were synthetic fakes of ethnic minorities in New Zealand. There have long been concerns from academics and technology experts that AI generated images reproduce harmful stereotypes of diverse communities.

    Legislation needed

    While the potential for cultural offence and misinformation with faked content is not new, AI alters the scale at which such fakes can be created. It makes it easier and quicker to produce manipulative, fake and culturally offensive images.

    At a minimum, New Zealand needs to introduce legalisation that requires political parties to acknowledge the use of AI in their advertising. And as the country moves into a new election season, political parties should commit to combating misinformation and cultural misrepresentation.

    Bronwyn Isaacs is a member of the Association of Social Anthropologists of Aotearoa/New Zealand.

    ref. Playing politics with AI: why NZ needs rules on the use of ‘fake’ images in election campaigns – https://theconversation.com/playing-politics-with-ai-why-nz-needs-rules-on-the-use-of-fake-images-in-election-campaigns-255415

    MIL OSI AnalysisEveningReport.nz

  • MIL-Evening Report: Australians are warming to minority governments – but they still prefer majority rule

    Source: The Conversation (Au and NZ) – By Nicholas Biddle, Professor of Economics and Public Policy, ANU College of Arts and Social Sciences, Australian National University

    Minority governments have been part of Australia’s political history since Federation.

    In the country’s early decades, Prime Ministers Edmund Barton, Alfred Deakin, Chris Watson, George Reid and Andrew Fisher all led without commanding a majority in the House of Representatives. Since the second world war, majority governments have become the norm at the national level, underpinned by the two-party system of Labor and the Liberal-National Coalition.

    Minority government has been rare, with the notable exception of Julia Gillard’s Labor government from 2010 to 2013. However, at the state/territory level, minority governments are far more common.

    The 2025 federal election could mark another shift. While Labor has pulled ahead in the polls over the course of the campaign, a minority government remains a real possibility.

    Even if a slim majority is achieved, the trend of falling primary votes for both major parties suggests minority governments could become more common in the years ahead.

    We have examined new data from more than 3,600 respondents in the March/April wave of the 2025 Election Monitoring Survey Series (EMSS) from the School of Politics and International Relations (SPIR) at the ANU. The results shed light on how Australians feel about the prospect of minority government, and how these attitudes could shape political expectations.

    Australians are more accepting of minority governments

    When respondents were asked whether they found the idea of a minority government acceptable, more said they did (39.3%) than said they did not (32.6%).



    This pattern is especially strong among Labor voters, minor party supporters, and those undecided about their vote. Only among Liberal voters was a minority government viewed more negatively, with a majority (51.8%) saying it would be unacceptable.

    These findings suggest that minority government does not present the widespread illegitimacy and inefficiency to the electorate that is sometimes claimed by political leaders.

    Fears of instability, but hopes for accountability

    Despite growing acceptance, Australians are divided about the likely consequences of a minority government.

    When asked whether a minority government would make politics more unstable or more representative and accountable, the country was split. About 42.7% expected more instability, while 37.6% expected greater representativeness. Another 19.6% believed it would make no real difference.



    Again, partisan divides are stark. Coalition voters overwhelmingly expect instability (62.3%), whereas minor party supporters are more optimistic about minority government delivering better accountability.

    These mixed expectations suggest while many suspect minority government will be a rocky ride, most expect little to no change. This is in contrast to recent claims a return to minority government would either further damage democracy or revitalise it by forcing change.

    Public supports reforms to make minority government work

    If a minority government emerges post-election, institutions will need to adapt. Some changes will be legislative, others cultural, some political.

    Recognising the challenges that minority governments can bring, Australians are supportive of modest reforms to help them function more effectively.

    Nearly half (47.6%) support establishing an independent body to oversee power-sharing agreements between major parties and crossbench MPs. A significant share (42.7%) also back requiring minority governments to sign formal agreements with the independents or minor parties they rely on.



    These preferences suggest Australians are pragmatic: if minority governments are to become more common, they want safeguards and structures to ensure stability and transparency.

    Trust varies across parties – and independents score well

    Australians remain relatively confident in key institutions, particularly when compared to the polarisation in other democracies. Trust is also a key factor in how Australians view different political actors in a minority government setting.

    When asked how much trust they have in different groups to act responsibly in a minority parliament, Labor emerges with the highest broad trust levels (50.4%), compared to the Liberal Party (43.0%). The Greens are the least trusted (35.7%). Trust in Independents is relatively high (45.7%).



    It is also interesting to note recent research tracking trends in non-major party voting. These find the Greens are increasingly likely to win seats from the ALP, while the Independents are more likely to win seats from the LNP.

    This matters. Who holds the balance of power has implications for maintaining trust in government. These results would indicate that if independents hold the balance of power, it may not undermine, but may actually contribute to, broader trust.

    A preference for majority rule remains

    Despite growing openness to minority governments, Australians still show a strong attachment to the traditional model of majority government in the House of Representatives.

    When asked whether “stable and effective government requires a majority of seats for one of the two major parties within the House of Representatives”, 53.8% agreed or strongly agreed. Only 16% disagreed.



    Support for this statement was strongest among Coalition voters (70.9%), but even a majority of Labor voters (54.7%) agreed. Only among minor party voters was disagreement more common.

    This result is not unexpected. Both major parties assertively campaign that major party majority provides the continuity, the stability and the certainty the country needs. It is worth noting these results were recorded in the lead up to a federal election.

    This result should also be set against over three decades of minority in the Senate.

    These findings suggest Australians prefer majority government (qualified by a desire for accountability) over minority government (particularly if that majority is led by their own party!).

    It will be interesting to track these attitudes in future EMSS should a minority government occur after May 3.

    What it means for the 2025 election – and beyond

    The 2025 federal election could be a turning point. If Labor wins a majority, it may delay a broader shift toward minority government politics. But if another minority parliament emerges, it will test the resilience of Australia’s political institutions and the evolving attitudes of voters.

    Australians appear ready to give minority government a chance – but they want it to work.

    Our only concrete reference point is the Gillard government. It was recognised for its negotiation, legislative success and running full term, but widely viewed as a political failure. What this revealed is the importance of minority government that adopts a pragmatic, inclusive and flexible approach to governance.

    Whatever the result, Australian electoral trends tell us minority governments are no longer the outlier they once were in Australian politics. Voters, political leaders, and importantly public institutions may need to adapt to a new norm in Australian politics.

    The authors do not work for, consult, own shares in or receive funding from any company or organisation that would benefit from this article, and have disclosed no relevant affiliations beyond their academic appointment.

    ref. Australians are warming to minority governments – but they still prefer majority rule – https://theconversation.com/australians-are-warming-to-minority-governments-but-they-still-prefer-majority-rule-255416

    MIL OSI AnalysisEveningReport.nz

  • MIL-Evening Report: How does consciousness work? Duelling scientists tested two big theories but found no winner

    Source: The Conversation (Au and NZ) – By Tim Bayne, Professor of Philosophy, Monash University

    cdd20 / Unsplash

    “Theories are like toothbrushes,” it’s sometimes said. “Everybody has their own and nobody wants to use anybody else’s.”

    It’s a joke, but when it comes to the study of consciousness – the question of how we have a subjective experience of anything at all – it’s not too far from the truth.

    In 2022, British neuroscientist Anil Seth and I published a review listing 22 theories based in the biology of the brain. In 2024, operating with a less restrictive scope, US public intellectual Robert Kuhn counted more than 200.

    It’s against this background that Nature has just published the results of an “adversarial collaboration” from a group called the Cogitate Consortium focused on two prominent theories: global neuronal workspace theory and integrated information theory.

    Two big theories go head to head

    With so many ideas floating around and inherently elusive subject matter, testing theories has been no easy task. Indeed, debate between proponents of different theories has been vigorous and, at times, acrimonious.

    At a particularly low point in 2023, after the initial announcement of the results Cogitate has formally published today, many experts signed an open letter arguing that integrated information theory was not only false but doesn’t even qualify as scientific.

    Nevertheless, global neuronal workspace theory and integrated information theory are two of the “big four” theories that dominate current discussions of consciousness. (The others are higher-order representation theories, and the local re-entry – or recurrency – theory.)

    The theories are hard to summarise, but both tie consciousness to the activity of neurons in different parts of the brain.

    Advocates of these two theories, together with a number of unaligned theorists, generated predictions from the two theories about the kinds of brain activity one would expect to be associated with consciousness.

    Predictions and results

    The group agreed that integrated information theory predicts conscious perception should be associated with sustained synchronisation and activity of signals in a part of the brain called the posterior cortex.

    On the other hand, they said global neuronal workspace theory predicts that a process of “neural ignition” should accompany both the start and end of a stimulus. What’s more, it should be possible to decode what a person is conscious of from activity in their prefrontal cortex.

    The posterior cortex consists of the parietal, temporal, and occipital lobes. The prefrontal cortex is the front part of the frontal lobe.
    Refluo/Shutterstock

    These hypotheses (among others) were tested by “theory-neutral” teams from across the globe.

    The results were not decisive. Some were in line with predictions of one or other of the theories, but other results generated challenges.

    For example, the team failed to find sustained synchronisation within the posterior cortex of the kind predicted by integrated information theory. At the same time, global neuronal workspace theory is challenged by the fact that not all contents of consciousness could be decoded from the prefrontal cortex, and by the failure to find neural ignition when the stimulus was first presented.

    A win for science

    But although this study wasn’t a win for either theory, it was a decisive win for science. It represents a clear advance in how the consciousness community approaches theory-testing.

    It’s not uncommon for researchers to tend to look for evidence in favour of their own theory. But the seriousness of this problem in consciousness science only became clear in 2022, with the publication of an important paper by a number of researchers involved in the Cogitate Consortium. The paper showed it was possible to predict which theory of consciousness a particular study supported based purely on its design.

    The vast majority of attempts to “test” theories of consciousness have been conducted by advocates of those very theories. As a result, many studies have focused on confirming theories (rather than finding flaws, or falsifying them).

    No changing minds

    The first achievement of this collaboration was getting rival theorists to agree on testable predictions of the two theories. This was especially challenging as both the global workspace and integrated information theories are framed in very abstract terms.

    Another achievement was to run the the same experiments in different labs – a particularly difficult challenge given those labs were not committed to the theories in question.

    In the early stages of the project, the team took advice from Israeli-US psychologist Daniel Kahneman, the architect of the idea of adversarial collaborations for research.

    Kahneman said not to expect the results to change anyone’s mind, even if they decisively favoured one theory over another. Scientists are committed to their theories, he pointed out, and will cling to them even in the face of counter-evidence.

    The usefulness of irrationality

    This kind of irrational stubbornness may seem like a problem, but it doesn’t have to be. With the right systems in place, it can even help to advance science.

    Given we don’t know which theoretical approach to consciousness is most likely to be right, the scientific community ought to tackle consciousness from a variety of perspectives.

    The research community needs ways to correct itself. However, it’s useful for individual scientists to stick to their theoretical guns, and continue to work within a particular theory even in the face of problematic findings.

    A hard nut to crack

    Consciousness is a hard nut to crack. We don’t yet know whether it will yield to the current methods of consciousness science, or whether it requires a revolution in our concepts or methods (or perhaps both).

    What is clear, however, is that if we’re going to untangle the problem of subjective experience, the scientific community will need to embrace this model of collaborative research.

    I’m a co-director with Liad Mudrik of CIFAR’s “Brain, Mind, and Consciousness” program.

    ref. How does consciousness work? Duelling scientists tested two big theories but found no winner – https://theconversation.com/how-does-consciousness-work-duelling-scientists-tested-two-big-theories-but-found-no-winner-255610

    MIL OSI AnalysisEveningReport.nz

  • MIL-OSI Video: Warriors of the North

    Source: United States Department of Defense (video statements)

    —————
    @UsAirforcesecurity forces from the @319thRWparticipated in Readiness Exercise FTX 25 to showcase capabilities and enhance lethality and readiness at Grand Forks Air Force Base, N.D.

    For more on the Department of Defense, visit: http://www.defense.gov
    —————
    Keep up with the Department of Defense on social media!

    Like the DoD on Facebook: http://facebook.com/DeptofDefense
    Follow the DoD on Twitter: http://twitter.com/DeptofDefense
    Follow the DoD on Instagram: http://instagram.com/DeptofDefense
    Follow the DoD on LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/company/DeptofDefense

    https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=cxzuyI7lc-g

    MIL OSI Video

  • MIL-OSI USA: H.R. 2683, Remote Access Security Act

    Source: US Congressional Budget Office

    H.R. 2683 would authorize the Bureau of Industry and Security (BIS), an agency of the Department of Commerce, to issue licenses and impose penalties on exporters of technology that could be accessed over a network connection between foreign and U.S. entities, such as a cloud computing service. Under its current regulations, BIS can require licenses or impose penalties for the export, reexport, or in-country transfer of such technology. It is not authorized to take those actions when the technology is remotely accessed by foreign entities.

    BIS has proposed rules that would expand export controls to cover cloud-based access to U.S. technology. Using information from BIS about its work on similar export controls, CBO anticipates that the agency would need seven full-time employees to finalize regulations, process license applications, and identify unlicensed exporters. Based on information from BIS, CBO estimates that annual compensation for each of those employees would cost $240,000 and total $9 million over the 2025-2030 period. Such spending would be subject to the availability of appropriated funds.

    The costs of the legislation, detailed in Table 1, fall within budget function 050 (national defense).

    Table 1.

    Estimated Budgetary Effects of H.R. 2683

     

    By Fiscal Year, Millions of Dollars

     
     

    2025

    2026

    2027

    2028

    2029

    2030

    2025-2030

    Estimated Authorization

    *

    1

    2

    2

    2

    2

    9

    Estimated Outlays

    *

    1

    2

    2

    2

    2

    9

    CBO estimates that enacting H.R. 2683 would increase the number of people who would be subject to civil or criminal penalties for violating U.S. export laws. Penalties are recorded as revenues and a portion of those penalties can be spent without further appropriation. Because CBO expects that very few people would be subject to penalties, CBO estimates that the bill’s enactment would have insignificant effects on both revenues and direct spendingand would, on net, reduce deficits by insignificant amounts over the 2025-2035 period.

    H.R. 2683 would impose a private-sector mandate as defined in the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act (UMRA) on exporters by requiring them to obtain an export license from BIS before allowing remote access of technologies subject to export controls, such as superconductor chips, to foreign entities. The cost of the mandate would be the costs to comply with BIS regulations and the loss of income from losing access to some foreign markets otherwise available to them under current law. Based on industry data of the size and value of cloud services and superconductor chips that would be affected, CBO estimates that the cost of regulatory compliance and losses in revenue would exceed the threshold established in UMRA for private-sector mandates ($206 million in 2025, adjusted annually for inflation).

    The bill would not impose intergovernmental mandates as defined in UMRA.

    The CBO staff contacts for this estimate are Aldo Prosperi (for federal costs) and Grace Watson (for mandates). The estimate was reviewed by Christina Hawley Anthony, Deputy Director of Budget Analysis.

    Phillip L. Swagel

    Director, Congressional Budget Office

    MIL OSI USA News

  • MIL-OSI Security: Family Driven: Enhancing Global Standards of Radiation Protection of Patients

    Source: International Atomic Energy Agency – IAEA

    Rizk’s journey in radiation protection and dosimetry started in 2005 when, after completing her master’s degree in Material Science and Electronic Components in 2004, she was offered the job of Technical Manager at the Individual Monitoring Laboratory at the Lebanese Atomic Energy Commission.  

    There she oversaw the safe occupational radiation exposure of more than 6000 workers across over 400 healthcare facilities, industrial companies and research centres.  

    “It is important to know what dosimetry is and its importance,” Rizk says, explaining that “it is the measurement and calculation of the radiation dose absorbed by the human body or other devices or objects. It is crucial in fields like radiology, nuclear medicine and radiation therapy to ensure safe and effective use of radiation.” 

    She also achieved ISO accreditation for the Lebanese laboratory — the first of its kind in the Middle East — setting a new benchmark of standards and quality for radiation protection of occupationally exposed workers in the region. 

    “Chadia’s efforts have made a lasting impact, consistently raising standards and enhancing practices in the field,” said Director General of the Lebanese Atomic Energy Commission, Bilal Nsouli, and Rizk’s former professor during her Master’s degree. 

    In 2007, her collaboration with the IAEA began, initially as a fellow and later as a counterpart in four projects under the technical cooperation programme. Rizk worked with the IAEA on individual monitoring and regulatory compliance to improve occupational radiation protection in Lebanon in line with the IAEA International Basic Safety Standards.  

    “Despite limited resources, she remained steadfast in her commitment to providing dosimetry services according to international standards and her passion for radiation protection research has always stood out,” reflects Filip Vanhavere, Radiation Protection Research Coordinator at the Belgian Nuclear Research Centre who worked with Rizk on an IAEA mission to the Lebanese laboratory. 

    MIL Security OSI

  • MIL-OSI Africa: Why are women paid less than men? New research in South Africa shows the company you work for makes the biggest difference

    Source: The Conversation – Africa – By Ihsaan Bassier, Researcher in Economics, University of Surrey

    Why do women earn less than men? The usual suspects – occupation, hours, experience – explain some of it. But a powerful, often overlooked reason is simply this: where women work. The companies that hire them play a huge role in shaping their lifetime earnings.

    South Africa has a severe gender pay gap, much of which is unexplained by worker characteristics such as occupation, skills or experience.

    In our new study published in the Journal of Development Economics, using tax data on the universe of formal workers in South Africa, we uncover a striking fact: nearly half of the gender pay gap in South Africa is explained by women working at lower-paying companies than men. That is, more women tend to work at companies that pay all workers less.

    In addition, this phenomenon evolves dramatically over a woman’s life.

    We tracked millions of workers between 2010 and 2018 using tax data. We wanted to figure out how much money different companies paid, relative to each other, regardless of the type of worker. To do this, we compared what two companies pay the same worker. We looked at workers who switched companies and compared how their pay changed when they moved to a new company. By doing this for many workers and many companies, we could see how much more or less that company tends to pay people with the same kind of background or job.

    In the formal sector in South Africa, women, on average, get paid 12% less than men. We find that about 45% of this gap – 5.5 percentage points – is due to women being concentrated in firms that pay less overall (to both women and men).

    This isn’t because women are paid less within the same company — that kind of direct discrimination plays a much smaller role. Instead, it’s largely about sorting: women and men end up at different companies, and those pay differently.

    Women disproportionately enter lower-paying sectors such as education, retail, or personal care, while men are over-represented in high-premium sectors like construction, mining, and manufacturing.

    As labour and development economists, we argue that reducing the gender pay gap takes more than putting women into male-dominated jobs or promoting equal pay for equal work. It means tackling the invisible structures that steer women into lower-paying companies.

    A gender gap that grows, then shrinks

    What’s particularly revealing is how the firm-pay gap changes across the life cycle. For workers in their early twenties, this gap is almost nonexistent. But from the mid-20s to the mid-40s — roughly the child-rearing years — the gap widens significantly.

    Why does this happen?

    First, women who remain continuously employed through their 30s tend to move to worse-paying firms than men, even though they switch jobs at similar rates.

    Second, women entering or re-entering formal work (after a spell of unemployment or informal work) tend to start at lower-paying firms than men. This disadvantage when re-entering contributes to the overall gap, but is more constant over the life cycle.

    Interestingly, churn (moving in and out of employment) is common — but men and women do it at similar rates. The key difference is what type of firm they land in when they return. Nearly half the gap among entrants is explained by industry sorting — women disproportionately enter lower-paying sectors such as education, retail, or personal care, while men are overrepresented in high-premium sectors like construction, mining, and manufacturing.

    This isn’t because women have less (or different) skills. That might be another contributor to the overall gender gap in pay, but it’s not what we looked at. This is the pay disadvantage that women face from being at firms that pay less for the same job or skill.

    The firms that women join tend to be in lower-paying industries, have fewer resources, and are less likely to be covered by collective bargaining agreements (union-negotiated industry wages) that boost pay.

    Just like women leave or re-enter formal jobs at the same rates as men, they are in fact just as likely to switch jobs when employed. The problem then is that their job switches are less likely to lead to upward moves in the pay hierarchy, possibly due to employer discrimination or a need to prioritise non-pay job characteristics (like flexibility).

    Then something remarkable happens. As women age into their late 40s and 50s, the gender gap begins to close. They start making more advantageous moves than men. This is likely because, having been sorted into lower-paying firms earlier in their careers, they have more room to climb. And with child-related constraints easing later in life, they finally can.

    Firms in developing countries

    Our finding — that women ending up in lower-paying companies accounts for nearly half of the pay gap — is higher than estimates from high-income countries like Portugal or Italy, where it explains around 20%–25%. But in developing countries like Brazil and Chile, the contribution is similar to what we find.

    Why do firms matter more in places like South Africa?

    Labour markets are more “monopsonistic” — firms have more power to set wages due to high unemployment and few outside options for workers. So because formal jobs are scarce, entering or moving up within the formal sector is harder, especially for women. In fact, we show that in regions of South Africa with lower levels of formality, the gender gap in firm pay is wider.

    Policy takeaways

    One instructive exception is the public sector, where the state has actively pursued gender equity in hiring. Public administration employs a much higher share of women than men and offers relatively high pay premia.

    In developing countries especially, where formality is limited and transitions into good jobs are harder, policy can focus on easing women’s access to high-paying companies.

    This can mean policies that support childcare, promote flexibility without penalising pay, or reduce discrimination in hiring. Otherwise, sorting into low-paying firms will keep reproducing the gender pay gap, one job move at a time.

    – Why are women paid less than men? New research in South Africa shows the company you work for makes the biggest difference
    – https://theconversation.com/why-are-women-paid-less-than-men-new-research-in-south-africa-shows-the-company-you-work-for-makes-the-biggest-difference-254221

    MIL OSI Africa

  • MIL-OSI Banking: African Development Bank signs $3.2 billion Exposure Exchange with Inter-American Development Bank

    Source: African Development Bank Group
    The African Development Bank Group has signed a $3.2 billion Exposure Exchange Agreement with the Inter-American Development Bank (IADB), renewing a prior agreement originally executed between the two institutions in 2015. The agreement was signed in Washington DC, on the sidelines of the World Bank Group and…

    MIL OSI Global Banks

  • MIL-OSI Banking: Nigeria: African Development Bank Approves Strategy to Boost Economic Growth

    Source: African Development Bank Group
    The Board of Directors of the African Development Bank Group has a new five-year Country Strategy Paper (2025-2030) for Nigeria, committing about $650 million annually to drive economic transformation, build resilience, and foster broad-based prosperity across the country. 

    MIL OSI Global Banks

  • MIL-OSI Canada: Tribunal Continues Order—Silicon Metal from China

    Source: Government of Canada News

    Ottawa, Ontario, April 30, 2025—The Canadian International Trade Tribunal today continued its order made on August 22, 2019, in expiry review RR‑2018‑003, continuing, without amendment, its finding made on November 19, 2013, in inquiry NQ‑2013‑003, concerning the dumping and subsidizing of silicon metal containing at least 96.00 percent but less than 99.99 percent silicon by weight, and silicon metal containing between 89.00 percent and 96.00 percent silicon by weight that contains aluminum greater than 0.20 percent by weight, of all forms and sizes, from the People’s Republic of China.

    The Canadian International Trade Tribunal found that the expiry of the order was likely to result in injury to the domestic industry. As such, the Tribunal continued its order. The Canada Border Services Agency will therefore continue to impose anti-dumping and countervailing duties on this product.

    The Canadian International Trade Tribunal is an independent quasi-judicial body that reports to Parliament through the Minister of Finance. It hears cases on dumped and subsidized imports, safeguard complaints, complaints about federal government procurement and appeals of customs and excise tax rulings. When requested by the federal government, the Tribunal also provides advice on other economic, trade and tariff matters.

    MIL OSI Canada News